OPERATION MAINTENANCE MANUAL - Novato … & MAINTENANCE MANUAL EQUIPMENT: TWO (2) 100' DIAMETER COP CLARIFIER MECHANISMS ... Bateman Flotation Cells Carbon Retention Screens In-tankNKM

WESTECHAN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY

OPERATION &MAINTENANCE

MANUAL

EQUIPMENT:TWO (2) 100' DIAMETER COP CLARIFIER MECHANISMS

WESTECH MODEL COPC2

FOR:NOVATO WASTEWATER FACILITY UPGRADE

NOVATO,CA

FURNISHED BY:WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC.

SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH

WESTECH JOB NUMBER 20253AJANUARY 2009

TITLE PAGE

WESTEC H '-".AN.>..:E=MP,-=LO",-,Y.=.oEE:..-"-O,-,,-,W......,NE=D-=CO=M,-,-,PA...:.:..;:N,-,-Y _

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

TWO (2) 100' DIAMETER COP CLARIFIER MECHANISMSWESTECH MODEL COPC2

FOR:NOVATO WASTEWATER FACILITY UPGRADE

NOVATO,CA

ENGtNEER:RMC WATER & ENVIRONMENT

WALNUT CREEK, CA

CONTRACTOR:MONTEREY MECHANICAL8275 SAN LEANDRO STREET

OAKLAND, CA 94621CONTACT: CARL REYNOLDS, SR.

PHONE: 510-632-3173FAX: 510-632-3314

WESTECH AGENT:JBI WATER & WASTEWATER EQT., INC.

3386 TARTAN TRAILEL DORADO HILLS, CA 95762

CONTACT: JAMES ZAISERPHONE: 916-933-5500

FAX: 916-933-5573

MANUFACTURER:WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC.

3625 SOUTH WEST TEMPLESALT LAKE CITY, UTAH 84115

PHONE: (801) 265-1000FAX: (801) 265-1080

24 HOUR EMERGENCY ASSISTANCE (801) 263-4093

WESTECH JOB NUMBER 20253AJANUARY 2009

TABLE OF CONTENTS

AN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY


COVER PAGE

TITLE PAGE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION

PRODUCT LINE CARDS

SECTION 1: EQUIPMENT INFORMATION

WARRANTY

GENERAL DESCRIPTION

GENERAL PRECAUTIONS

SHORTAGES, DISCREPANCIES, AND FIELD CHARGES

STRUCTURAL LIFTING PRECAUTIONS

PROCEDURE FOR ORDERING SPARE AND REPLACEMENT PARTS

RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS LIST

EXPLANATION OF PARTS LIST AND PARTS NUMBER

SECTION 2: INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

SUGGESTED ERECTION SEQUENCE

SUGGESTED TORQUE RATINGS

ANCHOR BOLTS AND BENCH MARKS

CENTER COLUMN

CENTER CAGE

FEEDWELL AND SUPPORTS

RAKE ARMS

SCUM BOX

SKIMMING MECHANISM AND SUPPORTS

FINAL CHECK FOR LEVEL

TORQUE TEST PROCEDURES

T-1 TORQUE TEST DIAGRAM

TANK GROUTING PROCEDURES

SURFACE TREATMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS



PIPING AND ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION

MECHANISM PARTS LIST

SECTION 3: START-UP AND OPERATION

FIELD SERVICE REQUEST

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

STARTUP AND OPERATING PROCEDURES

COLD WEATHER OPERATION

STORAGE AND SHUTDOWN PRECAUTIONS

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES AND TROUBLESHOOTING

SECTION 4: DRIVE

GENERAL

INTRODUCTION

RECEIVING AND INSPECTION

FIELD CHARGES AND MODIFICATIONS

STORAGE AND PAINT DURABILITY

SANDBLASTING WARNING

LUBRICATION WARNING

TORQUE CONTROL SETTING WARNING

MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION WARNING

INSTALLATION

LIFTING THE DRIVE UNIT

DRIVE UNIT INSTALLATION

WELDING WARNING

STARTUP

MAINTENANCE

DRIVE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

DRIVE LUBRICATION

YEARLY DRIVE MAINTENANCE

WEEKLY DRIVE MAINTENANCE

TABLE OF CONTENTS



DRIVE TORQUE OVERLOAD CONTROL DEVICE LUBRICATION

LUBRICATION OF ACCESSORY EQUIPMENT

OPERATION

OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS – DRIVE UNIT

DRIVE UNIT TROUBLESHOOTING

CYCLOIDAL SPEED REDUCER INFORMATION

DRIVE MOTOR

TORQUE CONTROL INFORMATION

DRIVE PARTS LIST

SECTION 5: ELECTRICAL

ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

SOLID STATE TIMING RELAYS

SECTION 6: ENCLOSURES

B100 GENERAL NOTES

D101 COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT – TANK CUTAWAY VIEW

D102 COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT – ELEVATION VIEW

D103 COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT – PLAN VIEW

D104 COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT – CONCRETE TANK

D105 COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DETAILS

C106 SCUM SKIMMER ASSEMBLY

D110 COP CLARIFIER ERECTION – TANK CUTAWAY VIEW

D111 COP CLARIFIER ERECTION – PLAN VIEW

D112 MISCELLANEOUS ERECTION DETAILS

D113 RAKE ARM ERECTION DETAILS

D350G830 CAGE DRIVE ASSEMBLY - ELEVATION

D350G831 CAGE DRIVE ASSEMBLY – PLAN

ASMDIAG ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM

LUBETAG LUBRICATION TAGS

DRV103 DRIVE ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES

TABLE OF CONTENTS



900-611D DRIVE SHIMMING PROCEDURE

E10D PANEL LAYOUT

E11D ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

, EsTE C H AN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY i


INTRODUCTION

To ensure compliance with the warranty, we recommend that this operation and maintenancemanual be thoroughly read and understood. This manual is separated into six basic sections:

I. Equipment Information

II. Installation Instructions

III. Start-up and Operation

IV. Drive

V. Electrical

VI. Enclosures

Refer to the Table of Contents at the front of the manual for specific listings.

All equipment, including standard "Buyout" items, must be maintained according to eachrespective manufacturer's operation and maintenance procedures enclosed within this manualto ensure coverage of possible failures while the unit is still under warranty, along withensuring trouble-free operation for the life of the equipment.

Since the enclosed information is based upon the instructions available at the time of printing,WesTech reserves the right to make subsequent changes to the manual without obligation toupdate existing copies.

CopyrightThe contents of this manual are the confidential property of WesTech Engineering Inc.Circulation, distribution, or reproduction of this manual in whole or in part without writtenpermission is prohibited by law. Possession of this manual neither confers nor transfers anyrights which may be detrimental to WesTech's interests.

Copyright 2007

ES ECHPRODUCT LINE CARD

Anaerobic Digestion EquipmentSteel CoversSludge Heating SystemsDraft Tube Mechanical Sludge Mixers

Biological TreatmentAeration

Slow Speed Surface AeratorsLandox Oxidation Aeration System

Combined ProcessesS™-AerotorTM

Trickling Filters (Rotary Distributors)Motor Driven BioDoc®HydroDoc™

Chemical Feed Systems

ClarifiersC.OP. ™ Clarifier Spiral BladesConventional Scraper BladesFlocculatingRim DriveSolids ContactSuction HeaderSuction Pipe

Dissolved Air FlotationClarifiers & ThickenersRectangular & Circular

DrivesReplacement Drives forThickeners and Clarifiers

FiltersContinuous BackwashGranular Media Gravity FiltersMulti-Media Pressure FiltersMembrane Filters (see WATER listing)

Filter Presses

Electrical ControlsUL Listed Panels (UL508NCSA)PLC Based Controls

FlocculatorsHorizontal PaddleVertical Paddle & MixerAxial Flow

Grit Removal EquipmentAerated Grit ChambersGrit ClassifiersRake CollectorsVortex Grit Separators

Installation and Erection Services

Laboratory and Pilot Plant Test EquipmentBench Scale TestingPilot Plant TestingPlant Process Audits

MixingMixTec MixersExtreme Duty Mixers

OillWater SeparatorsAPI SeparatorDNF Clarifiers

Parts & Service SupportDrive ComponentsFilter ClothsSkimmer PartsWear Parts

Rectangular Basin SkimmingRotating Scum PipesHelical Scum Skimmers

ScreensChannel Mitt Shaftless Fine ScreensClean Flo™ Continuous Self-Cleaning BeltScrew Wash Presses

Sludge Blenders

TankageSupply and Erection

ThickenersCenter Feed or Side FeedRake Lifting Devices

Vacuum FiltersHorizontal Belt FilterPrecoat Drum FilterDrum Filters and Disc Filters with ScraperDischarge, Roll Discharge, Belt Discharge

AerationlDegasifiers


WATERGranular Media Filtration

Forced DraftInduced DraftCascadeDissolved Air Flotation

Electrical ControlsUL Listed Panels (UL508AJCSA)PLC Based Controls

Flocculators

Horizontal and Vertical Paddle FlocculatorsAxial Flow

Intake Screens

Clean FloTM

Ion Exchange

MIEX® Organic Removal SystemZeolite Softeners

Mixing

MixTec Mixers

Sedimentation

Backwash ClarifiersDecant ClarifiersFlocculating ClarifiersInclined Plate SettlersRaw Water ClarifiersSolids Contact Clarifiers

Membranes

WesTech Ultrafiltration Systemsfeaturing the Polymem™ Modules

Vertical Pressure FiltersHorizontal Pressure FiltersMulti-Cell Greenleaf FiltersClari-Cell™ Two Stage FiltersCircular Steel FiltersSelf Stored Backwash Gravity FiltersTechnasand™ Continuous Backwash FiltersConcrete Gravity Filter ComponentsPyramed™ Media Retention UnderdrainModTec Cluster FiltersIron & Manganese Removal Units

Gravity Thickening

Lime Sludge ThickeningClarifier Underflow ThickeningRake Lifting Devices

Package PlantsBuoyant and Non-buoyant Media

Sludge Dewatering

Lime Mud FiltersRotary Drum Vacuum FiltersPlate and Frame Filter Presses

Services

Lab and Pilot Plant TestingReplacement Clarifier & Thickener DrivesPlant Process AuditsRental Equipment

TankageSupply and Erection


MINING AND METALLURGICAL EQUIPMENTBateman Flotation Cells

Carbon Retention Screens

In-tank NKM Screens

ClarifiersPin BedSolids ContactInclined Plate SettlersVertical Pressure FiltersHorizontal Pressure Filters

Filter Presses

Automatic Recessed ChamberSemi-automatic Recessed Chamber

Linear Screens

MixingMixTec Mixers

Permroll Magnetic Separators

Services

Lab and Pilot Plant TestingReplacement Clarifier & Thickener DrivesPlant Process AuditsRental Equipment

Tankage

Supply and ErectionAnchor Channel TanksElevated TanksSteel Bottom at Grade

Thickeners

TailingsConcentrateHiFlo High Rise Rate ThickenerUltra Sep Ultra High Rate ThickenerCenter Feed or Side FeedRake Lifting DevicesReplacement DrivesSludge Dewatering PicketsPaste Thickeners

Vacuum Filters

Horizontal Belt FilterPrecoat Drum FilterDrum Filters and Disc Filters with ScraperDischarge, Roll Discharge, Belt Discharge

Equipment Summary Form

1. Equipment Item: Primary Clarifier

Is it a packaged unit, i.e. pump, motor, shaft?

If yes, please detail.

Yes No X

Website: www.westech-inc.com

Fax: 801-265-1080

WesTech Engineering Inc.

Two (2)

3625 South West Temple, SLC, UT 84115

801-265-1000

2. How many:

3. Cost:

4. Manufacturer:

Address:

Phone#:

Email: [email protected]

5. Equipment Identification Numbers:

Serial Number: 20253A--------------COPC2Model:

Part#:

Equipment ID No.

6. Location of Equipment:

7. Weight of Individual Components (Over 100 Pounds):

____ ftTDH

____ ftTDH

8. Nameplate Data: (see attached)

Horsepower:

Amperage:

Voltage:

Service Factor (SF):

Speed:

Enclosure Type:

GPM:

Maximum Capacity @

Design Point Capacity @

9. Manufacturer's Local Representative:Name: JBI - Jim Zaiser

RPM:

Size:

Frame Size:

Seal Size:

Seal Type:

Bearings:

Impeller Size:

Other:

Address: 3386 Tartan Trail, EI Dorado Hills, CA 95762

Website:

Telephone Number: _9.:,..1.:..;6:--9.:...3;;..;;3:--5.:...5;;..;;0...:.0 _

Email: [email protected]

Wastewater Facility Upgrade Project049-007 - Novato Sanitary District

Operation and Maintenance DataPage 01730-3

10. Maintenance Requirements (including schedules): (see attached)

TASK

11. Lubricant List: (see attached)

12. Spare Parts (with accurate part #'s): (see attached)

13. Comments:

14. General Info:

Year Installed:

Expected Life:

Project Name & Number:

Design Engineer:

15. Warranty: 1 year (see attached)

Start Date:

Expiration Date:

Prorated:

***END OF SECTION***

SCHEDULE

Wastewater Facility Upgrade Project049-007 - Novato Sanitary District

Operation and Maintenance DataPage 01730-4

JaALDO:A~~'~~3$J&I-~i:

Product Quick Search

I!QNM35:'!~~.._ _.._ J 1mHoME I WHERE TO SUY I (01

General Information----_._._._'~,~---

l:lOverview

AC Motors I Inverter Duty I

Specifications: IDNM3542l:l Specifications

!Zl Performance Data

!Zl Parts List

LJ Drawings

j}j Product Literature

More Information----.~1f,.....-----

!Zl Where To Buy

!Zl Baldor Sales Offices

II Return to List

Catalog Number:

Specification Number:

Horsepower:

Voltage:

Hertz:

Phase:

Full Load Amps:

Usable at 208 Volts:

RPM:

Frame Size:

Service Factor:

Rating:

Locked Rotor Code:

NEMA Design Code:

Insulation Class:

Full Load Efficiency:

Power Factor:

Enclosure:

Baldor Type:

DE Bearing:

ODE Bearing:

Electrical Specification Number:

Mechanical Specification Number:

Base:

Mounting:

IDNM3542

35T995-1864Gl

.75 TE

230/460

60

3

2.2/1.1

N/A

1725

56C

1.00

40C AMB-CONT

N/A

B

H

80

N/A

N/A

3520M

6205

6203

35WG1864

35T995

RG

Fl

~--

* For certified information, contact your local Baldor office.

ProJ1!Jct!! I SJJ.p.Qort I N..f!J!Vs/Events I About Baldor I Investor Relations I !:tomeli.a!doLEJectrif.; C:OillPi:lDyLs anel:jui:lJ oppot"tunityemp!oyer..

Copyright © 2001-2008 Baldor Electric Company. All rights reserved.This site works best with Internet Explorer and Netscape 4.x and above.

:Ja.4:r....:CO:R~R. tU\i($,; •RELJANGEI1

Product Quick Search ,1!~~35~~ ", .J II!J

MOIIH. I WHHIHOBUY I COl

General Information

.!ctOverview

.!ct Specifications

AC Motors I Inverter Duty I

Performance Data: IDNM3542

.!ct Performance Data

I11 Parts List

(Note: Please disable any browser popup blockers.)

.Iil Drawings

III Product Literature

More Information'--~--"tr---

I11 Where To Buy

1d Baldor Sales Offices

Product Nameplate Data

Rated Output .75 HP Hertz 60 NEMA Nom. Eff. 80

Volts 230/460 Phase 3 Power Factor 81

Full Load Amps 2.2/1.1 NEMA Design Code B Service Factor 1

Speed 1725 LR KVA Code Rating - Duty 40C AME

100 125

80 82

80.4 79.6

1733 1714

1.1 1.35

,I Return to List

(Typical performance - Not guaranteed values)

General Characterstics at 460 V, 60 Hz, 0.75 HP

Full Load Torque 2.3 LB-FT Starting Current

Start Configuration DOL No-Load Current

Break Down Torque 8.3 LB-FT line-line Resistance @ 25° C

Pull-Up Torque 5 LB-FT Temperature Rise, C @ FL (in deg)

Locked-Roter Torque 6.5 LB-FT Temp. Rise @ S.F. Load (in deg)

Load Characteristics at 460 V, 60 Hz f 0.75 HP

% of Rated Load 25 50 75

Power Factor 38 55 71

Efficiency 68 77.9 79.9

Speed (rpm) 1783 1766 1754

Line Amperes 0.7 0.85 0.95

* For certified information, contact your local Baldor office.

8.5 Amp

0.65 Am

22.80hl

66

o

150

86

78.2

1696

1.55

Products I Support I News/Events I About Baldor I Investor Relations I HomeBaldOL!=lectricCpmPClOY jsaneqllaloppprtunityempJQyer.

Copyright © 2001-2008 Baldor Electric Company. All rights reserved.This site works best with Internet Explorer and Netscape 4.x and above.

MAINTENANCE

WEsTECHAL!!.N'-'=E""'MP!....!=L""-Oy'-'=E.=...:EO=W=N!.!=.!ED~C=O!!.!.!MP"""'--'AU-!Ny _


RECOMMENDED GREASE I GEARS AND DRIVE BEARINGS

AMBIENT 5° F to 140° FTEMPERATURE (-15°C to 60°C)

NLGI GRADE NUMBER 2MANUFACTURER LUBRICANT

SHELL OIL CO. Alvania #2MOBIL OIL CO. Mobilux EP #2

EXXON CO. Beacon #2GULF OIL CORP. Gulfcrown #2

AMERICAN OIL CO. Amolith #2CHEVRON Dura-Lith Grease EP #2

RECOMMENDED GREASE I MOTORS

MANUFACTURER LUBRICANTMOBIL OIL CO. Polyrex EM

EXXON CO. Polyrex EMTEXACO Polystar

CHEVRON SRIRYKON Premium #2

PENNZOIL Pen 2 Lube

RECOMMENDED FOOD GRADE GREASE I GEARS & DRIVE BEARINGS


NLGI GRADE NUMBER 2SHELL OIL CO. Shell Grease FM 2MOBIL OIL CO. Mobil FM 102 EP

CHEVRON FM Grease EP

MAINTENANCE

W EsTECH AD.!.N.!..J,E:!.!!.M!!....!PL~O:..L!yE==E~O:.!!..!W.!.:!JNE==D~C~O!.!!!JMP!...!:A!.!.:!.Ny.!....-.- _


Recommended Oil- Torgue Box

Use a light spray oil like WD-4O or Anti-Seize.

RECOMMENDED GEAR OILS

AMBIENT 14° F to 41° F 32° F to 95° F 32° F to 140° FTEMPERATURE (-10° C to 5° C) (0° C to 35° C) (0° C to 60° C)

Viscosity Grade AGMA4 EP AGMA5 EP AGMA6 EPor or or

ISO 150 ISO 220 ISO 320MANUFACTURER LUBRICANT LUBRICANT LUBRICANT

EXXON CO. Spartan EP 150 Spartan EP 220 Spartan EP 320B.P. OIL CO. Energol GR-XP 150 Energol GR-XP 220 Energol GR-XP 320

GULF OIL CORP. EP Lubricant HD 150 EP Lubricant HD 220 EP Lubricant HD 320LUBRICATION ENGR. Almasol604 Almasol607 Almasol605

MOBIL OIL CO. Mobil 600 XP 150 Mobil 600 XP 220 Mobil 600 XP 320SHELL OIL CO. Omala Oil Co. 150 Omala Oil Co. 220 Omala Oil Co. 320

EQUIVALENT SYNTHETIC GEAR OILS


ISO Viscosity Grade 320MANUFACTURER LUBRICANT

LUBRICATION ENGR. INC. Monolec 9320MOBIL OIL CO. Mobilgear SHC630

AMSOIL SGM

It is WesTech's experience thatsynthetic oil petiorms better and lastslonger than regular oil. Synthetic oil hasthe following advantages: it separatesmore easily from water, has a strongerboundary layer resulting in betterlubrication, and generally has a longerservice life. It is recommended that thecustomer change the mineral gear oilyearly (after the initial 500 hour run-inperiod) or get it analyzed by anindependent laboratory for extendedservice intervals.

Synthetic oil may be used for three tofive years based on yearly lab analysis

and recommendations from localproviders.

WARNING:

DO NOT MIX MINERAL GEAR OILWITH SYNTHETIC OIL WITHOUTCONSULTING WITH THE OILSUPPLIER. THIS MAY ADVERSELYAFFECT THE PERFORMANCE OFTHE LUBRICANT FOR SOMECOMBINATIONS OF MINERAL ANDSYNTHETIC OIL. DAMAGE TO DRIVECOMPONENTS MAY RESULT FROMNON-COMPATIBLE OILS.

MAINTENANCE

WEsTEC H A'-"N"'-'E=M'-'-P=LO<...!-Y=EE=-:O=W.:..:..;N=ED=-C=O=M'-'-PA'-"N-'-'-Y _



Shutdown and lockout power to thedrive unit. Check and re-tighten allexposed fasteners of the drive. (Fortorque values of the fasteners, refer tothe 'Drive Assembly Procedures'drawing).

Oil samples shall be sent to a lab for oilanalysis. Replenishment of oil in thedrive shall be based upon the results ofoil analysis.


Lubrication instructions andrecommended lubricants (oil andgrease) as specified are to be followed.This will provide long life and troublefree operation of the drive unit.

Check the drive unit oil level weekly.The oil level should be at the middle ofthe sight glass. Replenish oil asrequired. Refer to the section onLUBRICATION in the MAINTENANCEAND PARTS category of this manual.

If oil is noticeably discolored, it shouldbe drained and filtered through a finemesh cloth. Any sediment or contaminants should be measured andrecorded to preclude futurecontamination. Some discoloration willoccur due to normal dissolving of greaseby contact with oil. Change the oil ifnecessary.

Check drive unit for accumulatedcondensation at least weekly and in highhumidity areas as often as daily. Anycondensation must be promptlyremoved to prevent accumulation ofmoisture in the drive unit housing ormain bearing.

DRIVE TORQUE CONTROLOVERLOAD CONTROL DEVICELUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

Apply spray oil (WD-40 or equal) to thetorque box plunger weekly. Check theplunger for smooth movement. Thetorque control weekly maintenanceschedule should be followed daily whentemperatures are below freezing. Thiswill help ensure that no mechanicalitems in the box have frozen. If freezingoccurs inside the torque box, there is nooverload protection for the equipment. Inaddition, check daily for ice build-up onand around the drive/torque box unitand remove as necessary. Using acondensate heater in the torque boxand/or covering the drive can helpprotect against possible damageresulting from freezing rain. Foradditional information on the torquecontrol device, refer to drawing 7-8222B1.

" \

MAINTENANCE

WESTEC H !l!AN.L!E=.!.!MC!.!:.PJ:l,LO:!...!.YE!EE=...\O£!..W.!!.!.:N!.!:!ED!LC~O~MC!.!:.P!l!AN:!..!Y-c----=-=-- -=-- _OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

LUBRICATION OF ACCESSORYEQUIPMENT

Reducer (Grease Lubricated):

All grease lubricated reducers are prelubricated at the reducer manufacturer'sfactory. Refer to the reducermanufacturer's catalog data for the typeand brand of grease used or thelubricant sticker attached to the reducer.Apply grease to the reducer as shownon the 'Lubrication Tags' drawing andlubrication plate. Some smaller reducersare maintenance free and do not requirere-Iubrication. Refer to the LubricationTags and drawings to see if this applies.

MAINTENANCE

WEsTE C H Q!AN.:!....!E=!.!!M.!LP~LO~Y.!=!EE=--lO~W.llN!!=E-"!..D~CO~M~P~ANL!...!Y'--- ---'- _


BREAK-IN MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS INTERVAL INITIALS DATE

Drain and Fill Oil Cavity/Cavities (Before ohoursOperatinq)Drain and Replace Oil 500 hours

IPREVENTIVE MAINTENANCEIREQUIREMENTSGrease Cyclo Reducer M

Grease Upper Bearing M

Grease Main Bearing W

Oil Main Gear/Lower Bearing W

Drain and Replace Main Gear/Lower Bearing Oil A

Oil Torque Box Plunger W

INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS

Inspect Fasteners For Tightness M/A

Visually Inspect Drive Mech. for Wear W/A

Test Torque Box Limit Switches W

Check/Drain Condensate W

Check/Drain Particulates S

Inspect/Repair Drive Unit Paint A

Inspect Torque Control Device A

A • ANNUALLY, S • SEMIANNUALLY, M • MONTHLY, W • WEEKLY, D - DAILY

Refer to Equipment Maintenance and Lubrication Summary for specific maintenanceand inspection instructions.

'WEsTECH3625 South West Temple, PO Box 65068, Salt Lake City, UT 84165-006

Phone (801) 265-1000 1Fax (801) 265-1080

E-Mail: [email protected]

Page

RecommendedSpare Parts List

Westech Job No.: 20253A

Pro osal Valid for: 90 da s

Date Prepared: October 23,2007

FOB Shi PI. w/Frt: Pre a & Add

Prepared by: CRICHARDS

Pa ment Terms: Net 30 Da s

In order to increase the life of your equipment, and avoid costly downtime, Westech recommends that you maintain your equipment

at regular intervals. To do this, Westech recommends, at a minimum, that you have the below mentIoned items on hand at all times.

Lona lead items that could slanificantlv minimize downtime as well as normal maintenance and wear items are included in this list.

ItemNumber

DrawingNumber

ItemDescription

RecommendedQuanitity

Parts List No: 8967

113 10250T181N

114 10250TC7N

115 10250TC9N

142 FNQ-R-5

146 700-HR52TA17

201 RPM32F7

205 RPM22F7

209 RPM12F7

222 E50AR1

223 E50KL220

Parts List No: 8989

101

103

104

105

113 RR-0002A

114 MS-0194A

115 MS-0289A

116 8R-0053A

117 RR-0027A

121 121G112COO

123 123G027805

124 8R-0001A

127 RR-0018A

128 RR-0003A

415 MS-0066A

416 MS-0182A

441 GA-0005A

445 VA-OOOBA

447 445-116803-8

450 445-230805-8

LAMP FOR PILOT LIGHT, 120V

GLASS LENS, RED

GLASS LENS, AM8ER

TIME DELAY FUSE, 5 AMP

TIMING RELAY, PIN STYLE

RELAY, 3 POLE, PLUG IN, 120VAC


RELAY, SINGLE POLE, PLUG IN, 120VAC

LIMIT SWITCH, SPDT

LIMIT SWITCH ACTUATOR

TORQUE CONTROL DEVICE

SPEED REDUCER (INTERMEDIATE)

SPEED REDUCER (PRIMARY)

RAKE DRIVE MOTOR

RETAINING RING 33/4" EXT

LOWER SEAL

UPPER SEAL

UPPER 8EARING


PINION SHAFT

PINION GEAR, 15T PINION GEAR (15T)

PINION 8EARING

RETAINING RING 53/4"INT

RETAINING RING 3 1/2" EXT

O-RING SEAL (3/16 DIAMETER x 13'-0" LENGTH)

DUST SHIELD (1/4x 1-1/2 x 13'-0") (FOR 406)

OIL LEVEL SITE GAUGE

DRAIN VALVE

PINION PORT COVER GASKET

INSPECTION PORT COVER/OIL FILL GASKET

Please call, for current price and availibility.

8.00

2.00

6.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

4.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

4.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

Municipal Recommended Spare Parts List

WEsTECHWARRANTY

WesTech equipment is backed by WesTech's reputation as a quality manufacturer, and bymany years of experience in the design of reliable equipment.

Equipment manufactured or sold by WesTech Engineering, Inc., once paid for in full, isbacked by the following warranty:

For the benefit of the original user, WesTech warrants all new equipment manufactured byWesTech Engineering, Inc. to be free from defects in material and workmanship, and willreplace or repair,· F.O.B. its factories or other location designated by it, any part or partsreturned to it which WesTech's examination shall show to have failed under normal use andservice by the original user within one (1) year following initial start-up, or eighteen (18)months from shipment to the purchaser, whichever occurs first. Such repair or replacement.shall be free of charge for all Uems except for those items such as resin, filter media and the

..... , like that~re.cons~mableand normally replaced d.uring.maintenance, with respect to which,repair or replacement shall be subject to a pro-rata cha·rge based upon WesTech's estimateof the percentage of normal service life realized from the part. WesTech's obligation underthis warranty is conditioned upon its receiving prompt notice of claimed defects, whichshall in no event be later than thirty (30) days following expiration of the warranty period,and is limited to repair or replacement as aforesaid.

THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY MADE BY WESTECH AND ACCEPTED BY PURCHASERIN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITYAND FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WHETHER WRITTEN, ORAL, EXPRESS,IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY. WESTECH NEITHER ASSUMES NOR AUTHORIZES ANY OTHERPERSON TO ASSUME FOR IT ANY OTHER LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO ITS EQUIPMENT.WESTECH SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR NORMAL WEAR AND TEAR, CORROSION, OR ANYCONTINGENT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE OR EXPENSE DUE TOPARTIAL OR COMPLETE INOPERABILITY OF ITS EQUIPMENT FOR ANY REASONWHATSOEVER.

This warranty shall not apply to equipment or parts thereof which have been altered orrepaired outside of a WesTech factory, or damaged by improper installation, application, ormaintenance, or SUbjected to misuse, abuse, neglect, accident, or incomplete ·adherence toall manufacturer's requirements, including, but not limited to, Operations & MaintenanceManual guidelines &procedures.

This warranty applies only to equipment made or sold by WesTech Engineering, Inc.

WesTech Engineering, Inc. makes no warranty with respect to parts, accessories, orcomponents purchased by the customer from others. The warranties which apply to suchitems are those offered by their respective manufacturers. .

WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC. 3625 South West Temple, Salt Lake City, UT 84115

QF-00-032E

(801) 265:-1000

08/18/05

CONTRACT NO.:

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION:

WESTECH EQUIPMENT FIELD INSPECTION CERTIFICATIONMANUFACTURER: WesTech Engineering Inc., 3625 S. WestTemple, Sait Lake City, Utah 84115 Phone (801) 265-1080

PROJECT NAME: --!.N....:.;o""--'-y-l-PS~..."....-'-'\O..t------------------------WESTECH JOB NUMBER: /),O?:fi8 A

If)() I VIA (t)tz(R;, {L.,

tl'J..?1CONTRACTOR'S NAME:

/

Initial each line and/or add lines as applicable. Mark N/A as appropriate. (If not initialed, indicate reasons under comments.)

1. Soundness:--!/L- Method of storage, site storage conditions, and installation handling of the equipment has not adversely affected

/"""1 the equipment.

/L There is no apparent damage, rusting, painting or other repair reqUirements. /}JI/I//JIJ-. -r.?l/&/I tJPfJJ/NT '2.lnS~ion:

----£- The equipment item(s) named above has been inspected, checked, and adjusted. The equipment has been/ properly installed, aligned and is free from any undue stress imposed by connecting piping or anchor bolts.TOri"" O",p,' i, rot,lio, '0 th, p'ope, directioo, ./c'w D CCW IA,,,;ewe' 'rem molO,''" '0""',)___ Equipment installation is not complete at this time. (Indicate under comments all items of work that must be

completed before initial operation.)

3. Lubrication:

;

The condensate has been drained.

The equipment has been properly lubricated per the manufacturer's recommendations.

Grease Mfr/Grade:~II/ I£/Y} Oil Mfr/Grade:bte,0/t2 Oil Level:

4. Testing and Operation:___ 0 Testing per Specification Section: _

o Accepted by Owners Agent: ___________________ Date:

-f- Th' op,,,,lioo ofth, ""pm,o' ""'" ""''",','''" D ,ct,., "odilio", h" b"o 0"'''''' '"', '0 my opioioo,/J/.. the equipment operated satisfactorily.

/--#- Electrical, torque alarm and cut-out switches operate properly. ,"(Manual Test I21"Torque Test/ (Attach Test Record)

o If checked, only temporary power was in use. Therefore, the torque box could not be checked for properoperation.

-j- Operator training for this equipment has been provided. (Document attendance separately)

___ Operation was not observed. (Initial the following statement that applies.)

Notification is required in order to be in attendance during initial operation of the equipment.

~ It is not necessary for the manufacturer's representative to be present for the initial operation of the/ equipment.

5. Spare Parts: 0 Spare parts are present.

o Customer's report form required and attached.Comments: (Use back of sheet if necessary.)

Rev. 08/01/05

The undersigned verifies that the equipment has been inspected and, as far as can be observed, has properly been installed,conforms to the intent of the contract, and is ready for permanent operation. The manufacturer's warranty is in effect as long asrecommended maintenance procedures are followed. This certification does not assume any responsibility of the installation and/orerection contractor, and takes precedenc over customer's report forms

QF-00-018F

Signature of Authorized RepreseAtative:.-.",,=~~~~

DRIVE INSPECTION CHECKLIST(TO BE FILLED OUT FOR EACH TANK)

WESTECH IDATE: 11 &6/00 JOB #: 2x:z2G] EQUIPMENT: L11«? )!20 GiA~f~

JOB LOCATION: Navmo J CA TANK# _L=- _CONTRACTOR: 1Y/tJJVT12f:1.J7 hu#ll'!L.t.4~PERSONNEL:~Jk.;~tb Ji;~

AbM£;! rB):if@66

c

B

/

,0

# OF SHIMS@DRIVE: A

TOTALTHICKNESSOF SHIMS@ DRIVE: A BCD---- ---- ---- ----

05/19/05

HAS OIL BEEN FILLED:

FINAL LEVELRUNOUT: A jq-fb B tW C jqys: D I~

_----,l11'--!£t5__----,-._ BY: J&~ $&11.7 ~

HAS DRIVE BEEN GREASED: &0 BY: pi I7 )j

HAS CONDENSATE BEEN DRAINED:~ BY: __J_/ _

OF-'

FIELD SERVICE CHECKLIST FOR CLARIFIERS

JOB #:}(lJ5tzA JOB NAME: &WtTCJ UNIT #:L DATE:/f Jld6ofASSIGNED

COMPLETE INCOMPLETE TO

x X X DRIVES

/ LUBRICATION

/' CONDENSATE HAS BEEN DRAINED

/ MOTORS WIRED PERMANENTLY o Temp. 0 No Power

/ / (0 RAKE, 0 L1FTyEj TURBINE)

Y J4fJ ROTATION ~W DCCW

Y v

/ DRIVE LEVELED I SHIMMED

/' PAINT/TOUCH UP/'

'/ / TORQUE BOX LIMIT SWITCHES WITHIN SPECIFICATIONS

/ TORQUE BOX CUT OFF MUST NOT AUTOMATICALLY RESET

/VI V LIFT LIMIT SWITCHES WITHIN SPECIFICATIONS

X X X ROTATING SCUM PIPES

) LUBRICATION

~lA WIRED PERMANENTLY o Temp. 0 No Power

I f'"

ACTUATOR LIMIT SWITCHES SET WITHIN SPECIFICATIONS

/ TRIP SWITCH

X X X CHECK FOR LEVEL, ALIGNMENT, CONNECTIONS, PAINT,OVE/RALL APPEARANCE, ETC.

3'BAFFLE 10 WEIRS

417 / o WALKWAY 10 9RATING I 0 RAILING I 0 SLIDE PLATES

;/ rrSKIMMER I E'f'SPRING TENSION

;/ SCUM BOX

// . Gl-'CAGE I 0 SHAFT

/' FEEDWELL

Y / CENT~R COLUMN/'

;/ I21"RAKE ARMS Il1""WELD PLATES

;/ SQUEEGEES

///1 /' CORNER SWEEPS

;/ GROUT

COMMENTS: frtf/£/4j/l#;f)J:5 i!3.ee:A/ #//;~ ,,;wlf.LfP 4' /ld- //Y01flLlJ/71V

~~

QF-08-055C 08/16/05

.'

TORQUE TEST RECORD

Completed By; ffiANjf\1 6)ffimrn,lS Date: '/q'jllJ~ (JetJob Name: N6VATO Job No. ;J(J.:A~1,l\Equipment: ~ 'Tn t 1;,//Ab CJJi~l.?J t;L.fl.- f) -.p G ~ 'J-Test Equipment: Enerpac [tTS5 0 TM5 .7fN:O~bq -:J.-. or (~ Calibration Expires: Ii P u~ :hrJ()~Maximum Range: 0 Analog 2,000 Ibs MDigital10,OOO Ibs 0 ' _

Anchor distance from the tank centerline: =1J' (ft.) "Design" '1Q (ft.) "Actual" distance

Reference: Torque (ft-Ibs.) =Load Cell Reading (Ibs.) X Distance (ft.)

TORQUE TEST LOADS REVISED FORAT DESIGN ANCHOR DISTANCE "ACTUAL

DISTANCE"

Torque Dynamometer! DN!A

Box Load Cell ReadingTorque Dynamometer!(ft-1l5s.) Load Cell ReadingDial % ill&l ill2§j

5itt./t( ?67 ~3h ?t,i(./ "I'.,'.l~n

i.- I

)n ;;(l

/

)/Jj{f ~(:::tJoJ

" ~)'?"'1 AIi)'. of,.~~" ...• '". ~,..

!¥\J "''J/1 if V,'fi

/;101o t3;;Z~~, ..,~4' '

~r;

/t.y4f'hXJ1J '( .<,-f"": ':*.. ••••s..) • J;=.. , ·of... ,'.

"r .

".

"~, , ~-'..:...

,: .'~~_, 1*

-;"1.

TEST'"RESULTS

Dynamometer! .. TorqueLoad Cell Reading (ft-lbs.)

(Ibs.)

106mt-(56o

...

*Test values within ±10% are acceptable unless otherwise specified.

Attended By. tJlf}~/~# ~i£6ts

Comments: -,-- _

~ue Test Witnessed by Owner's Agent: ~~~~a.J1~~L~GDate:-8 lAMS 0 JrPrinted me: ::s: . Title: I.~ 1?~~pt:k

~ 0 Fa'· . Date. /9 !A6fj (J!?

QF·OO-031 D . Rev. 10/12/05

E STECHAN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY

SECTION 1:E IPM T

INFOR ATION

EsTECHWARRANTY

WesTech equipment is backed by WesTech's reputation as a quality manufacturer, and bymany years of experience in the design of reliable equipment.

Equipment manufactured or sold by WesTech Engineering, Inc., once paid for in full, isbacked by the following warranty:

For the benefit of the original user, WesTech warrants all new equipment manufactured byWesTech Engineering, Inc. to be free from defects in material and workmanship, and willreplace or repair, F.O.B. its factories or other location designated by it, any part or partsreturned to it which WesTech's examination shall show to have failed under normal use andservice by the original user within one (1) year following initial start-up, or eighteen (18)months from shipment to the purchaser, whichever occurs first. Such repair or replacement

.shall be free of charge for all items except for those items such as resin, filter media and thelike thatar~com~lJmableand normally replaced during.maintenance, with respect to which,repair or replacement shall be subject to a pro-rata cha:rge based upon WesTech's estimateof the percentage of normal service life realized from the part. WesTech's obligation underthis warranty is conditioned upon its receiving prompt notice of claimed defects, whichshall in no event be later than thirty (30) days following expiration of the warranty period,and is limited to repair or replacement as aforesaid.

THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY MADE BY WESTECH AND ACCEPTED BY PURCHASERIN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITYAND FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WHETHER WRITTEN, ORAL, EXPRESS,IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY. WESTECH NEITHER ASSUMES NOR AUTHORIZES ANY OTHERPERSON TO ASSUME FOR IT ANY OTHER LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO ITS EQUIPMENT.WESTECH SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR NORMAL WEAR AND TEAR, CORROSION, OR ANYCONTINGENT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGE OR EXPENSE DUE TOPARTIAL OR COMPLETE INOPERABILITY OF ITS EQUIPMENT FOR ANY REASONWHATSOEVER.

This warranty shall not apply to equipment or parts thereof which have been altered orrepaired outside of a WesTech factory, or damaged by improper installation, application, ormaintenance, or subjected to misuse, abuse, neglect, accident, or incomplete adherence toall manufacturer's requirements, including, but not limited to, Operations & MaintenanceManual guidelines & procedures.

This warranty applies only to equipment made or sold by WesTech Engineering, Inc.

WesTech Engineering, Inc. makes no warranty with respect to parts, accessories, orcomponents purchased by the customer from others. The warranties which apply to suchitems are those offered by their respective manufacturers.

WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC. 3625 South West Temple, Salt Lake City, UT 84115

QF-00-032E

(801) 265~1 000

08/18/05

GENERAL DESCRIPTION,

WESTEC H '-"AN'-'-'=EM=P--=.LO"'-y'-"E=E-"'-O'-'-'W'-'-'N=ED"-'C=O=MC!.!...P'-"AN'-'-'y'-- _


This WesTech COP is designed for thepurpose of continuously separating andremoving suspended solids as well as scumand floating material from waste influent.

The clarified overflow is removed at thetank periphery. A sufficient detention timeis allowed to permit the solids in the feed tosettle during the time of flow from theinfluent to the point of overflow collection.The overflow collection scheme should beadjusted to continuously remove a uniformamount of liquid per unit length of peripheryand to eliminate irregular flow at anyoneplace. Any irregularity will cause aconvergence of flow at certain points, andthe velocity at those points will be such asto carry fine solids with the overflow. Therakes move the settled solids to the centerwhere they are pumped out.

The COP system consists of the following:

Anchor Bolts: Used to attach componentsof clarifier to tank concrete structure.

Baffle: Prevents floating scum from exitingthe tank over the weir. (Not by WesTech)

Center Cage: Provides support for andtransfers motive force to the rake arms.

Center Column: Provides structural supportfor the mechanism. Also serves as theinfluent pipe for flow entering the tank.

Drive Unit: Provides motive for themechanism.

Electrical Panel: Provides control of powerto the mechanism.

Feedwell: Further reduces radial energy ofthe influent before it enters the clarifier.

Launder: Collects effluent for transportationout of tank. (Not by WesTech)

Rake Arm: Scrapes the tank floor anddirects sludge to the center of the tank forremoval.

Scum Box: Transports floating material andscum out of the tank through the scum pipe.

Skimmer: Removes floating scum materialfrom the surface of the water, and depositsit into the scum box.

Walkway and Platform: Provides access tothe drive unit.

Weir: Allows for a controlled, uniformeffluent withdrawal from the tank. Effluentexits the tank by flowing over the weir intothe launder. (Not by WesTech)

WESGENERAL PREGAUTIONS

E C H AN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY


The erection instructions enclosed areprovided to assist in the assembly andadjustment of this mechanism. Theseprocedures are not intended as asubstitute for the experience of thepersons assigned to erecting andassembling this equipment. WesTechstrongly suggests that these instructionsbe studied prior to erecting, assembling,and adjusting.

During assembly of this equipment, it willbe necessary to install, adjust, andmaintain certain accessory items, whichare not manufactured by WesTech. Thisaccessory equipment must be stored,handled, adjusted, and maintained inaccordance with instructions provided bythe manufacturer of that equipment. Thisis absolutely necessary in order to beassured of prompt and full participation inthe warranty protection on the equipment.WesTech will not accept responsibility fordamage to equipment which has not beenhandled in accordance with themanufacturer's instructions.

PACKING LIST:

The Contractor's packing list consists of asheet containing an itemized listing ofparts.

The packing list contains:

1. A description of the item.

2. Sizes and lengths of nuts and bolts.These fasteners will ship tagged withthe item numbers.

3. The quantity of parts per assembledunit.

4. Total quantity of parts shipped.

5. An indication of direct shipment fromthe supplier or the fabricator.

6. The date and job number of theshipment.

The packing list will be found in one of thecrates shipped directly from Salt LakeCity, Utah. The list should be kept in areadily accessible and safe place. Manycontractors prefer to keep this list in sometype of binder for protection and quickreference.

This list is particularly useful duringerection for locating small parts andfasteners. When coordinated with theerection drawings, equipment tagging,and piece marking, the contractor'spacking list can become an invaluableerection tool.

EQUIPMENT TAGS:

Each shipping piece has been tagged orpiece marked for convenience. Typicallythe part number and item number will bemarked on all items. Piece marked itemsreceived will have a mark such as "PartNo. D120A" or "Item 203" which may becross-referenced with the packing list andgeneral erection drawings.

RECEIVING MATERIAL:

The equipment pieces and componentsreceived may have been shipped from:

1. WesTech Engineering, Inc. in SaltLake City, Utah.

2. A fabricator acting under WesTechEngineering's instructions.

3. A "buy-out" distributor such as amotor or pump manufacturer.

GENERAL PRECAUTIONS

E STEC H AN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY


Since their will often be more than oneshipment to the job site, it is important tocoordinate the receiving and storage of allitems accordingly. All material has beenthoroughly checked and inspected beforeshipment. However, there may be timeswhen equipment is missing, damaged intransit or received with broken packaging.When receiving equipment, it is necessaryto properly acknowledge receipt and anyshortage or damage on the shippingdocuments. This must be done in amanner that helps assign responsibility tothe proper party for the various parts ofshipping and receiving equipment.

When receiving a shipment, the followingprocedures must be followed. Theseprocedures are also listed on the Bill ofLading the shipping company provides andmust be signed to prove delivery of thegoods. If the following procedures are notfollowed, WesTech will not be liable for anyshortages or damage on your shipments.

RECEIVING PROCEDURE

A. Before signing the Bill of Lading (BOL)in receipt of the goods shown thereon,and BEFORE the driver leaves, do thefollowing:

1. After inspecting the shipment, NOTEany damage or shortages (accordingto what is listed on the BOL). Be asdetailed as necessary.

2. Have the driver sign the notation inacknowledgment.

3. Retain a copy (of the notated BOL) foruse in filing a freight claim.

4. If there is damage, NOTIFY WesTech(801) 265-1000 IMMEDIATELY so thatarrangements can be made with thecarrier, if necessary, to have the

damaged goods inspected by theiragent.

B. AFTER signing the BOL and receivingthe shipment, do the following:

1. Use the attached/enclosed packing listto further inspect the entire shipmentfor shortages and/or damage andretain this list for future reference.

2. NOTIFY WesTech within THREE (3)working days from date of receipt, ofany further shortages or concealeddamage. If certain items are missing ordamaged, make notes of this on theshipping papers to protect all interestsand notify WesTech (801) 265-1000IMMEDIATELY.

HANDLING & STORAGE

Please handle the equipment properlywhen unloading and erecting. All cartons,electrical equipment, and gear drivesshould be stored under cover and protectedfrom moisture, grit, and mud. All rolledsteel sections must be stored on edge orblocked up to prevent distortion. If allowedto lay flat, these items may lose their shapewhich could hinder erection and properalignment of the equipment.

Long structural shapes should be checkedfor the proper camber. This would includebeams, trusses, walkways, etc. Theequipment has been designed with apositive camber so items do not appear tobe sagging after erection.

PAINTING:

The material supplied for this job hasreceived surface preparation and paint inaccordance with the specific contract plansand specifications.

GENERAL PRECAUTIONS

ESEC H AN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY


Any indentations, mars, and/or scratchescaused by loading and unloading theequipment must be IMMEDIATELY touchedup in the field prior to storage.

NOTE: SHOP PRIMER PAINT DURABILITY

In the event the equipment supplied hasbeen painted with only a primer coat, thisnotification should be adhered to. Shopprimer paints are intended to serve only asa bonding coat between the metallicsurface and the protective finish and serveonly as a minimal protective finish. Unlessotherwise noted in the contract documents,WesTech will not be responsible forcondition of primed or finish paintedsurfaces after the equipment leaves ourshops. Customers are invited to inspectcoatings in our shops for proper surfacepreparation and application prior toshipment. WesTech assumes noresponsibility for field surface preparation ortouch up of shipping damage to paint.Painting of surfaces requiring touch up orpainting of fasteners will be by thecustomer's painting contractor after themechanism is erected.

Shop primed surfaces should be finishcoated within the time specified by the paintmanufacturer. WesTech cannot be heldresponsible for shop-primed surfaces thathave deteriorated due to time andexposure.

FASTENERS:

All stainless steel erection fasteners shallincorporate anti-seize during assembly.Failure to utilize this will cause significantextra time by the erection and maintenancecrews.

FOUNDATION ANCHOR BOLTS:

If required, WesTech Engineering shipsanchor bolts direct to the job site upon

receipt of the approved prints. NotifyWesTech immediately if anchor bolts arenot received as promised.

Anchor bolts must be placed accurately toavoid future erection difficulties. Whereapplicable and upon request, WesTech canfurnish a template for positioning the anchorbolts. If a template has not been furnished,remember that the location and projectionof all anchorage is critical. The specifiedamount of projection and location areshown on the general arrangementdrawings. Prior to equipment installation,clean the threads of all anchorage bolts andoil them.

OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL:

Keep an O&M Manual in the area wherethe operators can familiarize themselveswith it and have it for reference. Themanual is useless if the operator andforeman do not have access to it.

FURTHER ASSISTANCE:

If a problem is encountered while installingor operating the equipment which cannot besolved by referring to this manual, feel freeto contact WesTech Engineering, Inc., 3625South West Temple, Salt Lake City, Utah84115 phone (801) 265-1000 or fax (801)265-1080.

I SHORTAGES, DISCREPANCIES, AND FIELD CHARGES

E STEC H AN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY


Please notify WesTech Engineering, Inc.immediately if any apparent manufacturingdiscrepancies or shortages areencountered with machinery, since no fieldcharges for alterations or shortages will beaccepted unless authorized in writing by ourauthorized representative.

Fabricated steel parts and assembliesfurnished by WesTech Engineering, Inc. aremanufactured following best shop practicesand standards. However, some misfits andimperfect work may arise. In such cases,the American Institute of Steel ConstructionASD, Ninth Edition, or LRFD, First Edition,"Code of Standard Practice", will apply toerection of this equipment. It reads asfollows:

"7.12. Corrections and Errors

Normal erection operations include thecorrection of minor misfits bymoderate amounts of reaming,chipping, welding or cutting, and thedrawing of elements into line throughthe use of drift pins. Errors whichcannot be corrected by the foregoingmeans or which require majorchanges in member configuration arereported immediately to the owner andfabricator by the erector, to enablewhoever is responsible either tocorrect the error or to approve themost efficient and economic method ofcorrection is to be used by others."

Company policy dictates that no fieldcharges will be allowed without priorapproval. Written authority must be givenin the form of a WesTech Inspection andChange Work form with an attachedwarranty tracking number. The Warrantytracking number will be issued when theextent of such modifications and the pricefor performing these modifications havebeen agreed upon.

In general, when parts require replacement,and WesTech agrees that replacement isnecessary, WesTech will furnish the parts.The contractor will remove the defectiveparts and install the replacement parts at acost agreed upon by both parties.

STRUCTURAL LIFTING PRECAUTIONS



WARNING: DO NOT PULL, DRAG, PUSHOR DUMP THE STRUCTURALCOMPONENTS OFF THE DELIVERYTRUCKS!

All structural components should be liftedand handled as instructed below. Properhandling is necessary to protect specialcoverings and to ensure ease of assemblyduring equipment installation.

WesTech will not accept charges for repairor replacement of equipment or materialsdamaged due to improper handling. Reportany damage to WesTech and make anotation on shipping papers to this effect.

LIFTING RECOMMENDATIONS:

Observe these precautions when lifting orhandling structural components.

WARNING: STAND CLEAR AS THEEQUIPMENT IS LIFTED

1. Make sure the equipment being liftedor the lifting equipment cannot comeinto contact with overhead electricalcables, etc.

2. Make sure the rigging and hoistequipment have adequate capacity.Weights for major components arelisted on the Parts Lists in Sections IIand IV.

3. All rigging and lifting should be doneby experienced personnel.

4. Before the equipment is removedfrom the delivery trucks, check to besure the blocking, bracing andbanding securing it to the carrierhave been removed and is ready formoving.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Use multiple point lifting wheneverpossible.

When lifting structural members ofthis equipment, such as rake arms,cages, walkways, etc. avoid twistingor bending the members. Usespreader beams, as necessary, tofully support the pieces as they arelifted.

Make sure shop provided camber ismaintained when lifting rake armsand walkways.

Lift the equipment an inch or two offthe trailer to be sure it is free to bemoved and balanced correctly.Adjust as necessary.

Never move the equipment suddenlyor in jerks and never allow it to strikethe ground, tank or other equipment.

PROCEDURE FOR ORDERING SPARE OR REPLAC,EMENT PARTS



has been received.

Normal maintenance and Wear items.Long Lead items (minimum downtime).

To avoid unnecessary delays in obtainingthe correct spare or replacement parts foryour equipment, be sure to give the followinginformation with each order.

1. Identify equipment using theWesTech Job number. Yourequipment is identified as follows:WesTech Job No.: 20253AEquipment Type: CLC16

Identify the part by name and givethe number of the drawing on whichthis part or assembly appears.

Identify the part number.

Identify the size and include allpertinent dimensions (such asdiameter, length, thickness, bore,pitch, etc.) whenever possible.

If parts being ordered are electricalin nature, give all pertinent data suchas: voltage, amperage, wattage,cycles, speed, power factor, or otherinformation given on the parts

2.

3.

4.

5.

For convenience, a 'Recommended SparesParts List' is provided in this manual. This isa guide for the appropriate level of spares tokeep on hand to minimize lost time due tounscheduled breakdowns. Each item listedin the Recommended Spare Parts List isidentified within one of the followingcategories:

Should you require further assistance indetermining which spare parts areappropriate for your particular situationplease contact WesTech's spare partsdepartment.

If you would like to e-mail a spare partsorder, simply e-mail your request to us [email protected] and a WesTechrepresentative will process your order andfollow up with an Order Acknowledgment.

If you would like to talk directly to a partsrepresentative during normal business hours(8:00 am to 5:00 pm MST), dial (801)2651000 and ask for the Spare PartsDepartment. You may fax your order to(801)265-1080.

Spare or replacement parts may beordered from the Parts Department at:

To use the 24-hour service/emergency lineafter hours (5:00 pm to 8:00 am), dial(801)263-4093. Please indicate to theAnswering Service Operator whether yourfacility is Water, Waste Water or Industrial.She will inform you that a WesTechRepresentative will call and assist you withyour problem.

WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC.3625 SOUTH WEST TEMPLESALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115

PHONE: (801) 265-1000FAX: (801) 265-1080

24-HOUR SERVICE/EMERGENCY:(801) 265-1000 8:00 am to 5:00 pm(801)-263-40935:00 pm to 8:00 am

E-MAIL [email protected]

WEB ADDRESSwww.westech-inc.com

Spare parts may also be ordered directlyfrom our web page www.westech-inc.com.Simply go to the web page, click on Parts &Service, and then click on Contact theWesTech Spare Parts Department and fillout the online form. A WesTechrepresentative will process your order andfollow up with an Order Acknowledgment, ora return phone call to confirm that your order

PROCEDURE FOR ORDERING ~PARE OR REPLACEMENT PARTS



nameplate or included in the partsbrochure.

6. Submit your written purchase orderor request for a quotation, bothsigning and printing your full nameso that WesTech will know whom tocontact should further clarification ofthe inquiry be necessary. ALLVERBAL ORDERS MUST BEVERIFIED IN WRITING.

7. Give a return address and a shippingaddress.

8. Give a preferred method of shipping:e.g., UPS, truck freight, rail freight,air express, etc.

9. Indicate the quantity desired.

10. Provide instructions for properinvoicing.

11. All spare or repair parts orders aresubject to a $100.00 minimum ordercharge.

An item number identifies a part shown onan assembly drawing. (See samplesegment of the General Arrangementdrawing and sample Parts List on thefollowing page.) Item numbers enclosed incircles are shown on the drawing witharrows pointing to each part. On the partslist, item numbers are found in the leftmostcolumn of the Parts List. Item numbers arethree-digit numbers. The first digit is theparts list page number where the part islisted. The second and third digits are theline number on the page where the part islisted.

Part NumbersPart numbers identify drawing numbers ofthe fabrication drawings. Fabric~tion

drawings are not included in this Operationand Maintenance Manual.

\lVesTEcH3625 South West Temple, PO Box 65068, Salt Lake City, UT 84165-006

Phone (801) 265-1000 1Fax (801) 265-1080

E-Mail: [email protected]

Page

RecommendedSpare Parts List

Westech Job No.: 20253A

Pro osal Valid for: 90 da s

Date Prepared: October 23, 2007

FOB Shi Pt. w/Frt: Pre a & Add

In order to increase the life of your equipment, and avoid costly downtime, Westech recommends that you maintain your equipment

at regular intervals. To do this, Westech recommends, at a minimum, that you have the below mentioned items on hand at all times.

Lona lead items that could sinnificantlv minimize downtime as well as normal maintenance and wear items are included in this list.

ItemNumber

DrawingNumber

ItemDescription

RecommendedQuanilily

Parts List No: 8967

113 10250T181 N

114 10250TC7N

115 10250TC9N

142 FNQ-R-5

146 700-HR52TA17

201 RPM32F7

205 RPM22F7

209 RPM12F7

222 E50AR1

223 E50KL220

Parts List No: 8989

101

103

104

105

113 RR-0002A

114 MS-0194A

115 MS-0289A

116 BR-0053A

117 RR-0027A

121 121G112COO

123 123G027B05

124 BR-0001A

127 RR-0018A

128 RR-0003A

415 MS-0066A

416 MS-0182A

441 GA-0005A

445 VA-0006A

447 445-116B03-B

450 445-230B05-B

LAMP FOR PILOT LIGHT, 120V

GLASS LENS, RED

GLASS LENS, AMBER

TIME DELAY FUSE, 5 AMP

TIMING RELAY, PIN STYLE



RELAY, SINGLE POLE, PLUG IN, 120VAC

LIMIT SWITCH, SPDT

LIMIT SWITCH ACTUATOR


SPEED REDUCER (INTERMEDIATE)

SPEED REDUCER (PRIMARY)

RAKE DRIVE MOTOR

RETAINING RING 3 3/4" EXT

LOWER SEAL

UPPER SEAL

UPPER BEARING

RETAINING RING 2314" EXT

PINION SHAFT

PINION GEAR, 15T PINION GEAR (15T)

PINION BEARING

RETAINING RING 53/4" INT


O-RING SEAL (3/16 DIAMETER x 13'-0" LENGTH)

DUST SHIELD (1/4 x 1-1/2 x 13'-0") (FOR 406)

OIL LEVEL SITE GAUGE

DRAIN VALVE

PINION PORT COVER GASKET

INSPECTION PORT COVER/OIL FILL GASKET

Please call, for current price and availibility.

8.00

2.00

6.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

4.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

4.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

2.00

Municipal Recommended Spare Parts List

EX~LANATION OF PARTS LIST



ITEM NUMBERSItem numbers identify a part shown on anerection or assembly drawing. Itemnumbers are in circles on the drawing withan arrow pointing to the part. On the partslist, item numbers are found in the left mostcolumn of the list. Item numbers are threedigit numbers. The first digit is the parts listpage number where the part is listed, thesecond and third digits are the line numberof the page where the part is listed.

PART NUMBERSPart numbers identify drawing numbers forshop drawings. Shop drawings are notincluded in operation and maintenancemanuals. Part numbers have a drawingnumber followed by a letter. The first letterof the drawing number indicates the size ofthe drawing. The last letter of the partnumber distinguishes parts associated withthat drawing.

, PART NUMBERNO. DRAWINO:-''U:-'lBIR DESCRIPTION OFPA

D IVEASSEMBLY-PLAN

PIVOT BEARING

DRIVE MOTOR JI2HP STERL G

SM.CYCLO SPEED REDUCE

ADAPTER PLATE

RC·0148A

DJUA049.4116

III 11l-1167C

105 DM-0032A

,...-----",-

,/

" 116 PH·0001A

PARTS LIST

EsTE CHAN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY

III

11III

The sequence listed below is suggestedonly and should not take precedence overthe experience of the erector. If due tospecial circumstances or the equipmentavailable, the erector may decide to varythis order. Detailed sheets follow whichexplain each of the steps outlined below.

To assist in the construction of the clarifier,a list containing drawing numbers anddrawing descriptions has been included inthe table of contents. References todrawings will be made using the drawingdescription only but drawing numbers canbe accessed quickly through the use of thislist.

1) Install anchor bolts.

2) Install center column.

3) Install center cage.

4) Install drive unit. (refer to Section4: Drive Unit)

5) Install feedwell.

6) Install rake arms to cage.

7) Install spiral blades.

8) Install scum box.

9) Install skimming mechanism.

10) Install platform.

11) Perform final check for level.

12) Perform torque test.

13) Grout tank.

14) Install piping and electrical items.

SUGGESTED TORQUE RATINGS



BOLT DIAMETER (INCHES) TORQUE RATING (FT-LBS)

1/4 8

5/16 12

3/8 21

7/16 33

1/2 45

9/16 59

5/8 97

3/4 130

7/8 202

1 271

1-1/8 408

1-1/4 504

1-1/2 732

*ANTISIEZE MUST BE APPLIED TO ALL STAINLESSFASTENERS PRIOR TO ASSEMBLY"

1. FLAT WASHER, THREADED 1ASSEMBLY= FT-LBS X 80%

2. LOCK WASHER, NUT= FT-LBS X 100%

3. TWO (2) FLAT WASHERS, NUT= FT-LBS X 90%

ANCHOR BOLTS AND SENCHMARKS



Note: If epoxy anchors are used, conformto manufacturer's recommendedinstallation instructions.

1. Install column anchors, making surethe bolt circle is concentric with thetank wall.

IMPORTANT! The column andwalkway anchor bolts must beinstalled with respect to the centerline of the walkway as shown on thegeneral arrangement drawing. UseV-notches in column flanges forreference.

2. Install walkway anchors with respectto the walkway centerline as noted in(1) above.

3. Install scum box anchors withrespect to the water level and thefinal position· of the scum box.These anchors must be in properposition to ensure correct operationof the skimming equipment andoptimize the scum removal process.

4. Install anchors for the weirs andbaffles making sure that the boltspacing and location are correct.The anchor bolts for the bafflesupports should be installed after theweir anchor bolts have been located.

5. Prior to equipment installation, cleanand lubricate all anchor bolt threads.

6. Using a surveyor's level, bench markthe tank wall at four equally spacedlocations (90 degrees apart) andapproximately 2'-0" above tankbottom. These marks will be usedlater to check final level of the drive.They should be oriented 45 degreesfrom walkway centerline. SeeBenphmark Figure.

Bench Mark Figure

CENTER COLUMN

WESTEC H '-"AN"-'E=.eM"'-P-=:LO"'-'y'-'=E.=.E-=OW"-'-'-"NE=-=D'--"C=O=M'-'-PA=N'-'-y _


1.

2.

4.

NOTE: Re-check center column anchorsfor correct spacing and orientation withrespect to centerline of walkwayanchors.

Inspect the center column makingsure no damage has occurred duringshipment. If temporary bracing wasused to support the RAS pipe duringshipment, be sure to remove it at thistime. There are two V-notches, onein both the top and bottom flange.These notches must line up with thewalkway centerline at the tank wall.See drawing titled Center ColumnFigure.

Place leveling nuts or shims at theproper elevation (approximately 2"off rough concrete). The top locknuts should be removed and theelevation of the leveling nuts shouldbe verified.

NOTE: Before placing the centercolumn in the tank, measure the topflange diameter. If this dimension islarger than the width of the cage,place the cage in the tank over thecenter column final position and slipthe center column through the top ofthe cage.

Lower center column onto theanchor bolts and fasten loosely. Theinfluent ports (openings) should belocated at the upper end of thecenter column.

6.

7.

8.

bob from the top of the column andmeasure at the top and bottom. Dothis at two locations 90 degrees fromeach other.

Replace the top lock nuts and secureleveling by tightening the top nuts tobottom flange of the column.It is essential that plumb condition bemaintained and checked beforeplacing non-shrink grout under thebottom flange.

After final adjustment of themechanism, the space underneaththe center column must be groutedusing non-shrink grout. (Grout not byWesTech.)

//'-~,/ <$ \ '\

"V"-1'JOTCH _+{I-.__ \ \AliGN WITH WAU(W.":i CEt'iTEI':l.1NE \-~ J

---\ ! /rrr t""" 'OW"", I '

\fl \:.

/11 ! '.,.,1

LEVEL-/ II

5. Using a level, adjust leveling nuts orshims so that the column is plumb intwo directions (at 90 degrees).

NOTE: The column must be plumbbefore assembly can continue. Tobest plumb the column drop a plumb



CENTE~CAGE

1. Lift cage with connections for rakearms at the bottom end.

6. When all adjustments are completed,tighten the connecting bolts at thecage top. Re-check clearances afterall fasteners have been fullytightened.

CAGE

/ CENTER COLUMN

MOUNTINGALL-THREAD FASTENERSADJUSTING ROD

RAKE ARM/ CONNECTION

~ 1~C5"=;==r=b~/ BLOCKS

BLOCKS

DRIVECONNECTION

//'---------------

CAGE

The drive unit must be installedbefore further erection of the cage.

Place the cage over the centercolumn onto blocking which is almostas high as the depth of the innermostspiral blade.

After the drive unit is installed, raisethe cage and attach to the drive unitadapter connections using verticaladjusting bolts and mountingfasteners. Leave mounting fastenersloose until after adjustments aremade. Mounting fasteners should becentered in the slots on the cage.This will allow vertical adjustment ineither direction.

Remove blocking. Re-check theclearance between cage and centercolumn. Adjust the cage for uniformconcentricity about the column asrequired using the all-threadadjusting rods on the cage.

2.

3.

4.

5.

NOTE: It may be necessary to makevertical adjustments on the cage after rakearms are installed. This can be done byplacing jacks under the four corners of thecage, loosening the mounting fasteners andusing the vertical adjustment bolts alongwith the jacks to raise or lower the cage.Care must be taken to insure that cageremains concentric with the column. Afteradjustments are made, tightenall fasteners.

FEEDWELL AND SUPPORTS

WESTEeH A'--"N-'--'E=M"-'-P-'='LO"--'y-=.E=-E-=OW"'-"N=E==:D-->eC=O=MP'-'-A=N-'-:y-:-::--=-=--=-=-::--:-::-:-::---::-- _


3. If possible, bolt all of the feedwellarcs together.

J TANK

t TANK

"'DWELL SUPPORT~I t

THREADEDROO

---L----------- FASTENE~___ - -t- _~n"• '-- __ .J

WATER LEVEL

FEED\"'ElL SECTlON

THREADED ROD

Assemble the arc sections of thefeedwell on temporary blocking onthe floor of the tank, arrangedaround the center column and cagewith scum ports at the top.

Using erection drawings as areference, place feedwell supportbeams on cage. Be sure theinstalled configuration matches thatshown on the erection drawings.

Raise the entire assembled feedwelland bolt to support beams. (If all thefeedwell sections could not be boltedtogether, bolt the arc sections to thesupports. Be sure to brace individualsections until all sections of thefeedwell have been installed and allconnections are tightened). Be sureto support the feedwell at severallocations with the use of spreader(4)bars, so that the feedwell is notdistorted and support beams are notunevenly loaded during erection.

1.

2.

4.

5. Adjust feedwell for level andconcentricity about center columnand cage. Tighten all connectingbolts. Check elevation of feedwellwith respect to water level to ensureproper equipment configuration.

RAKE ARMS



1.

2.

Place rake arms in tank in line withtheir position of attachment to thecenter cage or shaft and on blocking.

Using blocking or jacks, position rakearm assembly and bolt to lower cageor shaft attachment using extremecare not disturb drive. Adjust armsas follows:

8.

9.

Repeat steps 5 and 6 after the finalcheck for level is complete. They willhave to be re-set.

After all adjustments have beenmade including the final check forlevel, securely tighten armconnections and field weld the weldplates in place (if required).

3. Bolt the rake arm assembly to uppercage or shaft attachment and adjustto fit slope of tank bottom. Fieldwelding of these connections isrequired after final adjustment forlevel.

4. Cage bracing (if required) must be inplace prior to removing rake armblocking.

5. Adjust arms so that both rake armshave proper and equal clearancewith the tank bottom. This is toensure that each arm shares its loadand the machine does not operatewith unevenly distributed loads.(This must follow the final check forlevel of the drive unit.) The drive unitmust be readied and used for thisoperation.

6. The arm blades must be adjusted torake at the proper slope and in thesame place. By means of areference mark on the tank floor, or apile of sand leveled by the arms,note the exact clearance of the armsfrom the tank floor.

7. Rotate each arm to the referencemark and adjust according to thereference dimensions (or pile ofsand). Use a jack under the arms toassist in this adjustment. The armsshould be adjusted for the sameelevation.

· SCUM BOX



1.

2.

3.

4.

Attach scum box supports to the tankwall on previously installed anchors.

Bolt scum box to scum box supports.Check for proper elevation of theupper edge of the trough and seethat it is perfectly level. Verticaladjustments can be made at thescum box supports.

With scum box in position, field drillholes in baffle for insertingconnection bolts.

Bolt scum box to supports and baffle.

I I 1

~:.~ ------+-----+ == =--==rJ

5. Complete connection for the scumdischarge line using a flexiblecoupling.

6. After installation of the skimmingmechanism and as part of the finaladjustment of the entire mechanism,the final elevation of the scum boxmust be set so that the bottom wiperon the hinged skimmer is in uniformcontact with crest of the trough.

7. Tighten all connections.

· SKIMMI~G MECHANISM AND SUPPORTS

EsTE C H AN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY


1. While supporting the skimmer arm inplace, install the support braces forthe skimmer arm.

2. Skimmer arms should be attachedsimultaneously to avoid unequalloading of the feedwell, which maycause distortion.

3. Attach the counter balance supportarm (if required), wipers, skimmerblade, to the skimmer arm. Seescum skimmer general arrangementdrawing. Check to insure that theskimmer arms are perpendicular withthe water surface.

4. Remove all blocking and supportsfrom under skimmer arm. Check theskimmer blade for level beforeproceeding.

fiNAL CHECK FOR lEVEL



The objective in the final check for level isto verify that the drive unit is level. This willensure proper operation and will extenddrive bearing life. This will be done bychecking the level at the end of one arm, atvarious points around the tank. The entiremechanism should be assembled at thispoint, especially parts that attach to thecage or the arms.

1. The tank was bench markedpreviously during the tank inspection.These four level marks (90 degreesapart) will now be used to check thelevel of the drive.

2. Only one arm is used to check ifdrive is level. Rotate the drive andstop the arm at one of the levelpoints marked around the tank.Using a carpenter's level as anextension from that arm to the tankwall, make a second mark on thewall. Repeat procedure rotating thesame arm to each of the four markson the tank.

3.

4.

5.

If power is not available, remove thefan cover and rotate the drive byturning the fan. Do not push rakearms or otherwise move arms duringthe leveling.

Referring to the illustration, comparethe difference in dimensionsbetween the level marks and therake arm reference marks atdiametrically opposite sides of thetank.

The difference between the twoobserved dimensions (d1 minus d2)must not exceed the toleranceshown on the following chart. If thegiven tolerance is exceeded,adjustment to the drive level shouldbe made.

d1

LEVEL BENCH MARKS(4) PLACES AROUNDTANI<

REFERENCE MARI<FROIv1 RAKE ARM

USE CARPENTER'SLEVEL TO REACH FROMARM TO TANI<

d2

RAI<E ARM OR __IHEADER ,

REFERENCE MARI<FROM RAI<E ARM

These are shown as the "ReferenceMarks" in the illustration.

FINAL CHECK FOR LEVEL .



TANK DIAMETER TOLERANCE (d1 minus d2)

> 0' &~ 50' DIA. 1/4"

> 50' &~ 75' DIA. 3/8"

> 75' & ~ 100' DIA. 1/2"

> 100' &~ 125' DIA. 5/8"

> 125' &~ 150' DIA. 3/4"

> 150' &~ 175' DIA. 7/8"

> 175' &~ 200' DIA. 1"

> 200' &~ 225' DIA. 1 1/8"

> 225' &~ 250' DIA. 1 1/4"

> 250' &~ 275' DIA. 1 3/8"

> 275' &~ 300' DIA. 1 1/2"

> 300' &~ 350' DIA. 1 5/8"

> 350' &~ 400' DIA. 1 3/4"

6. If shimming is necessary, useleveling bolts on drive unit. Thisprocedure checks and adjustsinternal drive bearing level which isnot possible until this stage ofassembly work. Shim until leveltolerances are achieved.

9.

Increases, It becomes increasinglydifficult to obtain an accurateadjustment.

Once leveling and grouting has beencompleted remove the sand bagsand block arms up if necessary.

7.

8.

In making a final adjustment, careshould be taken to tighten the drivemounting bolts equally. Uneventightening may cause deformation ofthe bearing races, causing shortenedbearing life.

Maximum bearing life of the driveunit main bearing is dependent onproper leveling. Perfect final levelingis not practical; however, it should beas accurate as possible. As thediameter of the mechanism

FINAL ARM ADJUSTMENT

Now that the drive is level to the desiredtolerance, re-adjust both arms to sweep thetank identically.

Adjust one arm to sweep so that the centerof the blades clear the rough concrete tankbottom by 3-1/2 inches or the finished floorby 1-1/2" if no grout will be used. Make thisadjustment by jacking the arm andtightening (or loosening) the adjustmentstuds at the cage. Rotate the opposite armto the same location where the first arm

FINAL ~HECK FOR LEVEL



was adjusted. Adjust the second arm to bethe same distance from the tank bottom asthe first.

A good way to do this is to place a pile ofsand in front of one arm and rake it levelwith the mechanism. Then, rotate theopposite arm to this same position andadjust it to the raked sand pile.If the cage and rake arms are galvanized,permanently secure the arms by properlyshimming and tightening the rake arm tocage connections.

If the cage and rake arms are to be painted,permanently secure the arms by fieldwelding all top connections with weld plateprovided.* See welding figure.

* NOTE: Welding should only be done afterthe machine is leveled, the tank grouted,and squeegees installed and adjusted.

TORQUE TEST PROCEDURES



The equipment will be tested to insurestructural and mechanical conformancewith the torque requirements as outlined inthe equipment specifications. Field test willalso include verification of torque boxsettings such as the warning device and thedrive cutout circuitry.

Torque will be applied to the mechanism bysecuring the truss arm with cablesanchored to the tank floor (not byWesTech) while manually rotating the drivefan motor shaft. The load through the cableconnection will be monitored with ahydraulic load cell and gauge (byWesTech).

The cables should be anchored andattached to the rake arm at a distance fromthe centerline of the tank, as indicated onthe Torque Test Diagram, wherebycalculations can be made to determine thetorque values.

The torque, indicated as a percentage bythe pointer on the drive unit torque box,should be within plus or minus 10% of thecalculated values from the load cellreadings.

TEST WARNINGS:Review the Torque Test Diagram for theadditional test procedures.

For the protection of personnel during thetorque test, the following precautions mustbe taken:

1. Personnel entering the area of thisequipment must be equipped withadequate safety equipment such assafety glasses, safety shoes, and ahard hat.

2. Check to insure that the cable slingsand other components to be used in

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

the test are in good condition (not byWesTech).

Make sure that the anchors areproperly installed and adequatelysized for the loads indicated on theTorque Test Diagram (not byWesTech).

Limit the personnel inside the tank tothat necessary to perform the test.

Keep a safe distance from the rakearms while the test is in progress.Do not stand in front of the leadingside of the arms while they areloaded during the test.

Do not exceed the maximum loadreading specified on the Torque TestDiagram.

All personnel in the area of thisequipment during the torque testmust be educated on theseprecautiolJs prior to starting the test.

STEEL CABLE WITH CLAMPS

\LOWER RAK~~

RACHET PULLER

~ARM CHORD

1/ DYNAMOMETER

I~~

'" '" Jt\ ". .dA '" .d",.

~A '"

APPROX. ELEVATIONI

~ NOTES:1. RAKE ARM MuST BE SECURED AS SHOWN AT TWO OR MORE

I

(1) 3/4" DIA. x 8"~PANEL POINTS WITH LOAD MEASURING ASSEMBLY.

2. LOAD IS APPLIED BY THE RATCHET PULLER WHILE THEEXPANSION ANCHOR MOTOR OUTPUT SHAFT is SECURED AGAiNST ROTATION.(NOT BY WESTECH) 0""'"

I X 3. 100% OF WORKING TORQUE (45,500 FT LBS) WILL0 0 REGISTER 1138 LBS ON THE DYNAMOMETER.I 0::OCJ 0...

0... 4. DURING THE TORQUE TEST, THE LOAD INDiCATOR AT~RAKEAR~

«THE DRIVE HEAD WILL INDICATE TORQUE VALUES.

/\ DIAL % DYNOMETER ACTUAL TORQUE

~ / / / _/~

IX~ ~RM 85% = 967 LBS = 38,675 FT LBS ALARM

1/ V I 1/ 1/ / K\ ~-~ 100% = 1,138 LBS = 45,500 FT LBS CONTINUOUS

120% = 1,365 LBS = 54,600 FT LBS MOTOR CUT OUT

----------- SPIRAL RAKE BLADE~140% = 1,593 LBS = 63,700 FT LBS SHEAR PIN TORQUE

TORQUE TEST

PLAN VIEW DESCRIPTION

°0' RAKE ARM 1100' DIA.I' ""0" MODEL I SIZE TORQUE-2 0.0208 x 48Ajlyl(

1/22/87\ R R I I NONE \ 8-07 I TH Ifl'911lDI?AjD/0S DATE I STD. BY I STD.CHKD. ISTD.APPVD I SCALE I DATE I PROJ. BY IPROJ.CJ-!KD.IPROJ.APPVD

~This drawing is property of WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC. and is transmitted in confidence. Neither receipt norpossession confers or transfers any rights to reproduce. use, or disclose, in Whole or in port. do to contained

&. herein for any purpose, without the written permission of WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC., Salt Lake City, Utah

~ ORAWING NuMBER PROJECT NuMBER REV.

&,. WEsTECH T-1 20253A ~REViSION BY I CHKD I DATE LTR

,TANK GROUTING PROCEDURES



GROUTING PROCEDURE

WARNING: The torque control must beconnected before starting the groutingwith drive unit power. This is aprotective device for the drive unit andmechanism. Bypassing it directly to themotor drive will void warranty.

1. Usually, grout of the followingproportions will be satisfactory: 3parts sand by weight, 1 partcement by weight and clearwater, enough to permitreasonable slump for case ofequipment distribution (a bitthicker than the consistency ofmortar). Do not use gravel.

GROUTING RESPONSIBILITY

WesTech Engineering, Inc., is notresponsible for grouting the tank,grouting specifications of material, depthor accuracy of placement. Groutingprocedures, specifications, and finalapproval of the grouted tank are solelythe responsibility of the user or theuser's agent.

This suggested procedure is offeredonly as a guide to assist 'thoseresponsible for grouting.

PURPOSE FOR GROUTING

Grout is added to a tank bottom toprovide a bottom surface with controlledcontour variation. Such variation, if notspecified on contract documents, isusually intended to be +/- 1/4", andallows setting rake arm blades, viaadjustable squeegees, 0 to 1,/z".Clearance of the adjusted squeegee tolocal low spots may be allowed up to3/4". The clearance provided hereindoes not supersede contract documentsgoverning equipment installation.

SCREED BOARD CONSTRUCTION

3. Bolt the 1 x 4 screed board to theinside of the rake blades. Thebottom of the screed boardshould be set for an averagegrout thickness of 2 inches, whichwould place the board on mostmechanisms about 1-1/2 inchesbelow the bottom of the blades.The grout thickness at all pointsshould not be less than 1 inch toavoid cracking.

1.

2.

A 1 x 4 flexible board should beused as the screed board for therake blade.

To the 1 x 4 board that will beused for the screed, nail a strip ofbent sheet metal across thebottom, as shown in theillustration details. Note thesheet metal for the screedsurface on the bottom must bestraight and smooth. Nail only tothe sides of the boards.

2. Start a ring of grout, which can beworked by a crew, usually 2'wide, at the outer edge of thetank. This ring can be graduallywidened as it approaches thecenter of the tank, but in anycase, grout should not be allowedto build up in front of the screed.

Continue the outer ring in a spiralingpattern working towards the center ofthe tank. Cement finishers should workjust ahead of the screed arm to becertain the grout is proper thickness tocover the area and to prevent excessive"

TANK GROUTING PROCEDU~ES



loads accumulating in front of the screedboard. Also, wet down the concretefloor ahead of the grout to ensure agood bond.

When a load of grout is placed in front ofa moving arm, it should be wide enoughfor the cement finishers to work it at therate of arm travel. Never stand or putweight on an arm during grouting.

Do not stop the mechanism oncegrouting has started. Re-starting willresult in screed jerking and digging inthe grout. If an area to be grouted mustbe missed, return to it later.

3. When grouting is complete, rotatethe mechanism two or threetimes to pick up any grout thatmay have sloughed toward thecenter. If sloughing occurs, it willbe necessary to remove theexcess and fill in the low areaswith fresh grout.

Watch for rocks or dried pieces of groutduring this procedure, which may catchunder the screeds and gouge thesurface. Cement finishers working fromthe arms can fill in the area left withoutgrout at the center of the tank.

Careful grouting should produce afinished bottom that is uniform within a+/- 1/4 inch of the specified depth.

4. Remove the screeds after thegrout has dried. Then install thesqueegees on the blades.

(J)

CCD(J)fTlo::::!oz

""U»ofTl

(/)1'c·0'0,fTl •(/).

M"O'

-I •».z,A.

~~0'C·-1-

Z -0-..""U ..;;000fTl·o.c w

;;0.fTl.(/).

N'-...:

N

VIEW A

1L1~J

TANK BOTTOMBEFORE GROUTING

WALL

TANK WALL

BENT SHEET METAL

NAILED TO BOARD

DO NOT NAILIN THIS AREA

SCREED BOARD ONLEADING EDGE OF BLADE

DIRECTION OF

\ROTATION

END OF SCREED BOARD SHOULD COME

AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO TANK WALL.CHECK TO SEE IF BOARD CLEARS THRUCOMPLETE REVOLUTION.

BENT SHEET METAL NAILED

TO SCREED BOARD(SEE SECTION B)

BLADE

BLADE BRACE

RAKE ARM

PLAN VIEW

TANK

NOTE: SCREED BOARD ON ONE ARM ONLY FOR TANKS BELOW 50 FT. DIAMETER.SCREED BOARD ON TWO ARMS FOR TANKS 50 FT. DIAMETER AND OVER.

BOTTOM OF SCREED BOARD

ELEVATIONTANK BOTTO" GROUTING SCREED BOARD OETAIL (sPIRAL BLADE)"'-- OIA.

BOTTOM OF ARM 7-99 lOOK I flO lOOK I NONE

AU. Ca.aPOHEHTS MUST BE fA8RlCATEO AHO MACHlHEO ACCOROlHC to WESTEOi STAHO/oRO5PEOACADOH (ORA~G P24Z-024A). UNU:SS sPEClFlCAU.Y HOIm (W 1'HIS ORA.G.

l~G-201

~ _ .... 11_', eI .olEO. DKlIICOINa, IlC. _II ....._111_ Ito _w-:............... _........ c..-l••• tr......,rithll I.t.....-. ..... Of~ h ..... "' .. P*l, _II c.al-...s_ .... ....'_ .._lllttlwln.. ~_'CSn:Ol~JC.SoIIt.aac:II.. Ul...

"....

FOLLOW CURVATURE OF TANK BOTTOM AT ACONSTANT 2" DISTANCE BETWEEN SCREED BOARDAND TANK BOTTOM.

SURFACE TREATMENT



1. All ferrous metal items arefurnished with surfacepreparation and painting asshown on the coating submittaldata sheet found in the submittal.

2. The drive unit has received ashop-applied TNEMEC1074/8832 finish coat.

3. After completion of final leveling,the contractor should completefinal painting of all steel membersin accordance with engineer'sspecifications.

WARNING! Do not paint the drive unit.The torque device has moving partswhich if painted will cause overload andresult in damage to the mechanism.

4. If final surface coating is byWesTech, field touch-up will stillbe required. Touch-up is not byWesTech.

PIPING AND ELECTRICAL

E sTE:C H AN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY


1. Unless specifically mentioned inthis manual, all piping is byothers.

2. All wiring external to motors andcontrols is by others.

3. Complete external wIrIng inaccordance with wiring diagram.

ESECHAN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY

ECH IA T LI T

Document No. Dwg Description No. of Pages WeightQuantity per Line

Drawing No. Rev Order Rev

10125 EQUIPMENT & SPECIFICATIONS INDEX 1 0

10123 COP CLARIFIER ERECTION 5 34,088 2 0

10124 SCUM SKIMMER ASSEMBLY 1 2 0

8989 CAGE DRIVE ASSEMBLY 4 2

0

REFERENCE DRAWINGS:

B100 0 GENERAL NOTES 0

D101 A COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT - TANK CUTAWAY VIEW 0

D102 A COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT - ELEVATION VIEW 0

D103 0 COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT - PLAN VIEW 0

D104 A COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT - CONCRETE TANK 0

D105 A COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DETAILS 0

0

0

0

0

SURFACE PREPARATION & PAINT:

AS PER "COATING SUBMITTAL DATA SHEET(S) "

REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS:

WASTOO01 D FIELD ERECTION REFERENCE TAG 0

P24Z-024A C WESTECH STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 0

A60B-001A D E FABRICATION AREA CLEANING REQUIREMENTS - GRADE "D" 0

0

11/29/07 AJR RRO \l. 1>& Assembly_ Description trotal Weight 34088 Ibsl

Date Proj. By Proj. Chkd. Proj. Aprvd. -

EQUIPMENT & SPECIFICATIONS INDEXDate Std. By Std. Chkd. Std. Aprvd. Type Size

PARTS LIST INDEX PAGE COPC2 100' DIA

WEsTECHDocument Number Job Number P/L Page No. Rev.

10125 20253A INDEX aQF-00-052 Pnnted by-RBRADY Pnnted on-December 27,2007 10:05 AM 12/19/03

Item Part Number Dwg Electrical Weight Qty Qty LineDescription of Parts Material Per Per PerNo. Drawing Number Rev Location

Order Assv Order Rev

D110 0 COP CLARIFIER ERECTION- TANK CUTAWAY VIEW 0

D111 0 COP CLARIFIER ERECTION- PLAN VIEW 0

D112 0 MISCELLANEOUS ERECTION DETAILS 0

D113 0 RAKE ARM ERECTION DETAILS 0

101 D120A 0 INNER RAKE ARM TRUSS (SHEET 1 OF 2) STL 5,460 2 4 0

D121 0 INNER RAKE ARM TRUSS (SHEET 2 OF 2) 0

107 D123A 0 OUTER RAKE ARM TRUSS (SHEET 1 OF 2) STL 3,588 2 4 0

D124 0 OUTER RAKE ARM TRUSS (SHEET 2 OF 2) 0

119 ~~~-------- WELD PLATE (PL 1/2 x 8 x 5) STL 96 8 16 0

120 C129A 0 SPIRAL RAKE BLADE (A 1) - INNER RAKE ARM STL 520 2 4 0

121 C130A 0 SPIRAL RAKE BLADE (B 1) - INNER RAKE ARM STL 636 2 4 0

122 C131 A 0 SPIRAL RAKE BLADE (C 1) -INNER RAKE ARM STL 492 2 4 0

125 C134A 0 SPIRAL RAKE BLADE (A 2) - OUTER RAKE ARM STL 304 2 4 0

126 C135A 0 SPIRAL RAKE BLADE (B 2) - OUTER RAKE ARM STL 376 2 4 0

127 C136A 0 SPIRAL RAKE BLADE (C 2) - OUTER RAKE ARM STL 360 2 4 0

130 B139A 0 SPIRAL BLADE SUPPORT BRACE (INNER RAKEARM, INNER STL 64 2 4 0

132 B139 C 0 SPIRAL BLADE SUPPORT BRACE (OUTER RAKEARM, INNER STL 64 2 4 0

135 B140 B 0 SPIRAL BLADE SUPPORT BRACE (INNER RAKEARM, OUTER STL 96 2 4 0

137 B140 D 0 SPIRAL BLADE SUPPORT BRACE (OUTER RAKEARM, OUTER STL 84 2 4 0

138 C141 A 0 SPIRAL BLADE SUPPORT (INNER RAKEARM, INNER STL 56 2 4 0

140 C141 C 0 SPIRAL BLADE SUPPORT (OUTER RAKEARM, INNER STL 40 2 4 0

143 C142B 0 SPIRAL BLADE SUPPORT (INNER RAKEARM, OUTER STL 100 2 4 0

145 C142D 0 SPIRAL BLADE SUPPORT (OUTER RAKEARM, OUTER STL 76 2 4 0

146 C143A 0 SPIRAL BLADE SUPPORT PIPE (INNER RAKEARM, STL 36 2 4 0

147 C143 B 0 SPIRAL BLADE SUPPORT PIPE (INNER RAKEARM, STL 28 2 4 0

148 C143 C 0 SPIRAL BLADE SUPPORT PIPE (OUTER RAKEARM, STL 28 2 4 0

149 C143 D 0 SPIRAL BLADE SUPPORT PIPE (OUTER RAKEARM, STL 20 2 4 0

153 C146A 0 SLUDGE SCRAPER STL 124 2 4 0

154 C147 A 0 SLUDGE SCRAPER BRACE (A) -INNER STL 68 2 4 0

155 C148A 0 SLUDGE SCRAPER BRACE (B)- OUTER STL 68 2 4 0

156 D149A 0 CAGE TRUSS STL 2,568 1 2 0

157 B150A 0 CAGE BRACE STL 96 4 8 0

158 D151 A 0 CENTER COLUMN STL 6,254 1 2 0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

11/29/07 AJR R~o .\2-J)t$Assembly Description trotal Waight 21702 this Page/lbsl

Date Proj. By Proj. Chkd. Proj. Aprvd.COP CLARIFIER ERECTION

Date Std. By Std. Chkd. Std. Aprvd. Type Size

EQUIPMENT PARTS LIST COPC2 100' DIA

WEsTECHDocument Number Job Number PIL Page No. Rev.

10123 20253A 1 0QF-00-051 Prrnted by-ARASMUSSEN Prrnted on-December 26, 2007 4:22 PM 12/19/03

Item Part Number Dwg ElectricalWeight Qty Qty

LineDescription of Parts Material Per Per PerNo. o Drawing Number Rev ,. Location

Order Assv OrderRev

205 D156A a PLATFORM STL 1,108 1 2 aa

207 D158A a FEEDWELL SECTION (A) STL 4,504 4 8 a

212 C163A a FEEDWELL SUPPORT - LONG CHANNEL STL 824 4 8 a223 D173A a SKIMMER SUPPORT STL 1,396 2 4 a226 D175A a SKIMMER INTERMEDIATE MID-SUPPORT STL 568 2 4 a228 C177 A a SKIMMER ARM STL 564 2 4 a229 B178A a INNER SKIMMER BLADE STL 800 2 4 a231 B180A a OUTER SKIMMER BLADE STL 768 2 4 a232 B181 A a CLAMP PLATE (FOR SKIMMER BLADE) STL 16 2 4 a233 B182A a HOOK PLATE (FOR SKIMMER BLADE) STL 12 2 4 a

a235 SDSBX007 A B SCUM BOX (72 IN.) STL 1,450 1 2 a237 C183A a SCUM BOX SUPPORT STL 364 2 4 a

aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa

11/29/07 AJR 1::;;;;' );~~J C") l2.])& Assembly Description !rotal Weight 12374 this Page/lbsl



EQUIPMENT PARTS LIST COPC2 100'DIA

EsTEeMDocument Number Job Number P/L Page No. Rev.

10123r

20253A 2 0QF-00-051 Printed by-ARASMUSSEN Printed on-December 13, 2007 12:22 PM 12/19/03

Item Part Number Dwg Description of Parts Electrical Weight Qty QtyLine

No. Drawing Number Rev LocationMaterial Per Per Per

r RevOrder Assv Orde

330 D195A 0 FLOOR PLATE - 330 ALUM 1 2 0

331 D195 B 0 FLOOR PLATE - 331 ALUM 1 2 0

332 D195 C 0 FLOOR PLATE - 332 ALUM 1 2 0

333 D195 D 0 FLOOR PLATE - 333 ALUM 1 2 0

334 D195 F 0 REMOVABLE FLOOR PLATE - 334 ALUM 1 2 0

335 D195G 0 REMOVABLE FLOOR PLATE - 335 ALUM 1 2 0

338 ACL-00021 A B FLOOR CLIP ASSEMBLY (FOR PLATE) 316SS 22 44 0

340 PCP-00001 F A FLEX.COUPLING WI S.S.CLAMPS - 6 IN. FOR SCUM BOX PVC 1 2 0

345 D197 A 0 SPIRAL BLADE SQUEEGEE 304SS 52 104 0

346 D197 B 0 INNER SPIRAL BLADE END SQUEEGEE 304SS 2 4 0

347 D197C 0 OUTER SPIRAL BLADE END SQUEEGEE 304SS 2 4 0

348 D197D 0 SLUDGE SCRAPER SQUEEGEE 304SS 2 4 0

350 B199A 0 SKIM BLADE SPLICE SUPPORT STUSS 12 2 4 0

0

355 LIMIT SWITCH (SEE ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST) 1 2 0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

11/29/07 AJR 1T'RO 'R.'i)~ Assembly Description trotal Weight 12 this Page/lbsl

Date Proj. By Proj. Chkd. ProJ. Aprvd.COP CLARIFIER ERECTION




10123 20253A 3 0QF-00-051 Pnnted by-ARASMUSSEN Pnnted on-December 26, 2007 4:23 PM 12/19/03


LineDescription of Parts Material Per Per PerNo. Drawing Number Rev Location

Order Assy Order Rev

401 ---------. HOOK ANCHORS 11/2" x 18" 316SS 12 24 0

---------- HEX NUT WI LW, FW 1 1/2" 316SS 24 48 0

(CENTER COLUMN ANCHOR)

404 -----.---- EPOXY ANCHORS 5/8" X 7" 316SS 4 8 0

-------.-- HEX NUT WI LW, FW 5/8" 316SS 4 8 0

(SCUMBOX SUPPORT ANCHOR)

431 --------- THRD.ROD 3/4 x 16 316SS 4 8 0

---------- (4)HEX NUTS 3/4 WI (2)FW 316SS 4 8 0

---------. LOCKWASHER, 3/4" 316SS 8 16 0

(FEEDWELL TO SPPT.BEAM) 0

435 ---------- THRD.ROD 1 x 12 316SS 8 16 0

-----.---- (4)HEX NUTS 1 WI (4)FW 316SS 8 16 0

---------- LOCKWASHER, 1" 316SS 32 64 0

(RAKE ARM TO CAGE) 0

437 ---------- THRD.ROD 1 x 8 1/2 316SS 8 16 0

----------- (4)HEX NUTS 1 WI (4)FW 316SS 8 16 0

---------- LOCKWASHER,1" 316SS 32 64 0

(RAKE ARM TO RAKE ARM) 0

438 ---------- CAPSCREW HEX HD 1" X 4" 316SS 4 8 0

---------- HEX NUT W/2 FW 1" 316SS 4 8 0

---------- LOCKWASHER,1" 316SS 8 16 0

(LEVELING CAGE TO DRIVE) 0".

447 ACL-00025-E B U-BOLT, STRUCTURAL, 1 1/2", W/4 N & 2 FW 316SS 30 60 0

--.------- LOCKWASHER, 1 1/2" 316SS 30 60 0

(SPIRAL BLADES TO SUPPORTS) 0

471 ---------- CAPSCREW HEX HD 3/8" X 1 114" 316SS 122 244 0

---------- HEX NUT WI LW, FW 3/8" 316SS 122 244 0

(SQUEEGEE BOLTS) 0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

11/29/07 AJR 1~'r:~'() '/2-'D?" Assembly Description Irotar Weight this Page/lbsl




EsTECHDocument Number Job Number P/L Page No. Rev.

,.10123 20253A 4 0

QF-00-051 Pnnted by-ARASMUSSEN Pnnted on-December 13, 2007 12:22 PM 12/19/03

Item Part Number Dwg Electrical Weight Qty QtyLineDescription of ~arts Material Per Per PerNo. Drawing Number Rev Location

Order Assy Order Rev

512 -------.-- CAPSCREW HEX HD 5/8" X 1 1/2" 316SS 128 256 0

.--------- HEX NUT WI LW, FW 5/8" 316SS 128 256 0

(SKIMMER BLADE TO SPPT) (8)II

(SPIRAL BLADE PIPE SPPT TO RAKE ARM) (16)

(SPIRAL BLADE SPPT BRACE TO RAKE ARM) (8) 0

(SCUM BOX TO SUPPORT) (4) 0

(SCUM BOX TO BAFFLE) (4) 0

(SPIRAL BLADE SPPT TO RAKE ARM) (8) 0

(SPIRAL BLADE SPPT TO BRACE) (8)

(SPIRAL BLADE SPLICE) (20)

(SLUDGE SCRAPER TO RAKE ARM) (4)

(SKIMMER ARM TO SPPT) (8)

(FEEDWELL SPLICE) (20)

(SKIM BLADE SPLICE SPPT TO BLADE) (8)

(OUTER SKIMMER BLADE TO SKIMMER SPPT) (4)

(SLUDGE SCRAPER BRACE TO RAKE ARM) (4)

(SLUDGE SCRAPER BRACE TO SLUDGE SCRAPER) (4)

527 ---------- CAPSCREW HEX HD 5/8" X 1 3/4" 316SS 6 12 0

---------- HEX NUT WI LW, FW 5/8" 316SS 6 12 0

(CLAMP PLATE TO SKIMMER BLADE) (4) 0

(CLAMP PLATE TO HOOK PLATE) (2)


---------- HEX NUT WI LW, FW 3/4" 316SS 36 72 0

(CAGE BRACE TO CAGE) (4)

(CAGE BRACE TO RAKE ARM) (4)

(RAKE ARM TO CAGE) (8)

(RAKE ARM TO RAKE ARM) (8)

(SKIMMER SPPT TO RAKE ARM) (12)


---------. HEX NUT WI LW, FW 3/4" 316SS 16 32 0

(FEEDWELL SUPPORT TO CAGE) 0

564 ---------- CAPSCREW HEX HD 1 x 1 3/4 316SS 16 32 0

---------- FLAT WASHER, 1" 316SS 16 32 0

---------- LOCKWASHER, 1" 316SS 16 32 0

(CAGE TO DRIVE) 0


.--------- HEX NUT WI LW, FW 3/4" 316SS 11 22 0

(DRIVE TO COLUMN) 0

0

0

0

0

0

11/29/07 AJR RKO lZ-D(.2, Assembly Description !rotal Weight this Pagellbsl



EQUIPMENT PARTS LIST COPC2 100' DIADocument Number Job Number P/L Page No. Rev.

ES ECH I

10123 20253A 5,

0QF-00-051 Printed by-ARASMUSSEN Printed on-December 13, 2007 12:22 PM 12119103

Item Part Number Dwg ElectricalWeight Qty Qty LineDescription of Parts Material Per Per Per

No. Drawing Number Rev LocationOrder Assv Order Rev... C106 A SCUM SKIMMER ASSEMBLY 1 4 0

02

03

04 SKXDT028-C B HINGED SKIMMER SUPPORT, 4" W/(2) 5/8" x 21/2" N,LW 304SS 1 4 0

05 SKXDT023-C 0 HINGED SKIMMER 304SS 1 4 0

06

07 SKXDT029-C C PIVOT YOKE, 4", W/(2) 5/8" x 21/2" N, LW 304SS 2 8 0

08 BCL-00004-Q 0 SET COLLAR, 2" WI SET SCREWS 304SS 2 8 0

09

10 0

11

12 0

13 0

14 0

15 SKXDT001-K B SKIMMER BLADE 6'-0" ALUM 1 4 0

16 SKXDT006-K A WIPER RETAINER - BOTTOM 6'-0" ALUM 1 4 0

17 SKXDT017-A 0 WIPER RETAINER - SIDE ALUM 2 8 0

18

19

20 SKXDT019-A 0 SUPPORT ARM CALUM 2 8 0

21 SKXDT020-A 0 PIVOT CALUM 2 8 0

22

23

24 ASP-00002A 0 SPRING, EXTENSION 304SS 1 4 0

25 A204 0 CLAMP, PIPE, 4", WI FASTENER 304SS 1 4 0

26

27

28 B201 0 WIPER - BOTTOM 6'-0" NEOP 1 4 0

29 B200 0 WIPER-SIDE NEOP 1 4 0

30 SKXDT016-B B WIPER - BAFFLE SIDE PVC 1 4 0

31

32

33

34

35w~~w______

CAPSCREW HEX HD 3/8" X 1 1/4" 316SS 13 52 0

---.-----. HEX NUT W/LW 3/8" 316SS 13 52 0

(WIPERS)

38 ---.--.--- CAPSCREW HEX HD 5/8" X 2 3/4" 316SS 2 8 0

---------- HEX NUT WI LW 5/8" 316SS 2 8 0

(PIVOTI PIVOT YOKE)


---------- HEX NUT W/LW 1/2" 316SS 2 8 0

(PIVOT/SUPPORT ARM)


---------- HEX NUT W/LW 1/2" 316SS 2 8 0

(BLADE/SUPPORT ARM)

47

48

49

50

11/29107 AJR RRO ~t)~ Assembly Description Irotal Weight this Page/lbsl

Date Proj. By Proj. Chkd. Proj. Aprvd.SCUM SKIMMER ASSEMBLY


EQUIPMENT PARTS LIST 4" SINGLE 6'-0 WIDE


10124 20253A 1 0QF-00-051 Printed by-ARASMUSSEN Printed on-December 27, 2007 8:48 AM 12/19/03

ESEC H' AN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY

T-I

11II

11IIIN

E

FIELD SERVICE REQUEST



WesTech typically requires 2 to 3 weeksnotice to schedule field personnel for thetorque test, installation certification, start-upand training. Advise WesTech ofacceptable dates for field service as soonas possible.

Verify all items are ready for inspection (allstart-up functions and tests can beperformed with temporary power except forconfirmation of proper wiring). If Anyrequested changes in the scheduled flightfor a field service trip could result inadditional charges.

Our field service personnel are to performthe following:

1. Verification of drive unit rotation andlubrication. These procedures aredescribed in the Installation andLubrication sections of the Operation& Maintenance Manual.

2. Verification of "Final Check forCheck Level" of the drive unit. Thisprocedure is described in theInstallation Instructions and theInstallation section of the Operation& Maintenance Manual. Clarifiermust be dry run to verify that the unithas been leveled per the tolerancesin the O&M Manual, before ourarrival on site.

3. Check general clearances andalignments. This will include bladeclearances, column, cage andfeedwell concentricity.

4. Observation of the torque test asdescribed in the Installation sectionof the Operation & MaintenanceManual. Wedge anchor bolts, come-

5.

6.

along, cable/chain and choker will berequired. WesTech is to supply theload cell (see Torque Test Diagramin the O&M Manual).

Confirm proper wiring. This willinclude the torque box and anycontrols or switches.

Conduct classroom and fieldinstruction for the facility personneland the Engineer. Instruction willinclude operation and maintenanceof the equipment. This will takeapproximately three to four hours.Please schedule with WesTechand advise all necessary facilitypersonnel and the Engineerto attend this instruction.

SAFETY; INSTRUCTIONS



SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS IMPORTANT!!!

1. Only operators who have beentrained in safety procedures shouldbe allowed to work on or around thisequipment. Limit access toauthorized personnel.

2. To prevent personal inJury, themechanism and accessories must bestopped before performing anymaintenance or adjustments.Lockout power before performingmaintenance.

3. Exercise caution around movingparts. Keep hands, clothing, etc.,away from moving parts.

4. Place "Warning" signs in the area ofmoving parts.

5. Never permit people who have beendrinking alcohol, using drugs, or areotherwise impaired to maintain orrepair unit.

6. Inspect equipmentloose bolts orequipment. Fiximmediately.

frequently formalfunctioning

problems

7. It is important that operator safety isstressed. DO NOT performmaintenance or repairs on movingparts!

START-UP AND OPERATING PROCEDURES



Before operating this unit, it issuggested that the following instructionsare read and understood. Propermaintenance and operating procedurewill maximize the unit's efficiency andminimize the operational problems.

PRINCIPLE

Influent and Effluent

not be changed without consultingWesTech Engineering, Inc.

PRE -STARTUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Determine the following:

a. Clarifier application.

Expected overflow clarity.

Solids concentration offeed.

Chemical properties of thefeed, i.e., alkaline, acid,etc.

Various methods of introducing the feedare used. Generally, the feed is diffusedthrough slots or ports located below thesurface at the tank center, into a circularfeedwell or baffle, or flows through apipe running from the side of the tank toa circular feedwell from which it flowsout radially towards the peripheraloverflow weir. This machine utilizes acenter feed pipe discharging into thefeedwell.

b.

c.

d.

e.

Underflowconcentration.

solids

The effluent is usually removed at thetank periphery. A sufficient detentiontime is allowed to permit the solids in thefeed to settle during the time of flowfrom the influent to the point of effluentcollection. The effluent collectionscheme should be adjusted tocontinuously remove a uniform amountof effluent per unit length of peripheryand to eliminate irregular flow at anyone place. Any irregularity will cause aconvergence of flow at certain points,and the velocity at these points may behigh enough to carry fine solids with theeffluent.

RAKING MECHANISM

The raking mechanism at the tankbottom collects the solids as they settle.The rake blades push solids to thesludge trough for removal. The speedof the raking mechanism has been setfor the particular machine and should

2.

3.

4.

f. If flocculant will be used,the type and expecteddosage.

Be familiar with the piping,including:

a. Method offeeding.

b. Method of dischargingoverflow from tank.

c. Method of discharging theunderflow.

Be sure the mechanism islubricated in accordance with thelubrication instructions.

Recheck mechanism assemblyand performance during severalrevolutions of the arms with thetank dry. Minor adjustments orcorrections should be made. Ifmajor corrections are necessary,

START-UP AND OPERATING PRQCEDURES



START-UP

5.

contact WesTech EngineeringInc., Salt Lake City, Utah or ourauthorized representative.

Be sure the overflow pumps andoverflow pipes, launders, pumps,or other facilities are in goodworking order.

installed correctly, it is ready forintroduction of influent. Remember,proper start-up and operation dependson one major rule: Withdraw solids atthe same rate that they are fed into thetank. Clarifiers are not designed asstorage units. Otherwise, accumulatedsolids will overflow the mechanism,resulting in equipment shutdown.

A complete check of the entiremechanism should first be performed. Itis suggested that arrangements bemade for a WesTech trained servicerepresentative to perform finalinspection before the tank is filled andthe mechanism put into service.

The mechanism is now ready for startup. Inspect the tank and mechanismpath for any obstructions. Start the unitwhile the tank is still empty and watchcarefully for correct rotation andpossible interferences. Check thetorque box alarm and shut downsettings for correct operation (settingsare given on the drive drawings) bypushing the hand plunger on the torquebox. At the given percentage settings,first, an alarm situation should occur(horn, and/or lights, etc.); thenmechanism shutdown. Upon shutdown,the mechanism should not re-start untilthe operator has physically re-pushedthe start button. If the unit does notoperate at the given settings, check thefield wiring for correct installation. If it isstill incorrect, call WesTech.

When the torque box settings arecorrect, allow the mechanism tocontinue to run for several revolutions.This will allow operators the advantageof observing the mechanism and all ofthe components in operation. As soonas it is verifie~ that the unit has been

There are two common procedures tostart-up the clarifier:

1. Fill the clarifier with clarifiedeffluent. Then start themechanism and associatedequipment, and begin introducingnormal influent. As the solidsstart to settle, the underflowconcentration will begin toincrease. At this time the sludgeblanket should start to develop,then rise. For reasonable clarifierperformance, the blanket shouldbe at least as deep as the rakearms at the tank center. Asludge-judge or something similarcan help to locate the blanketlevel. Many plants will operatewith the sludge blanket at anaverage of 3 to 4 feet in depth.This, of course, will fluctuatethroughout the day as the flowsincrease and decrease.

If the blanket does not developwithin a few hours, the underflowwithdrawal rate is probably toohigh. Slow down the sludgewithdrawal until the blanket startsto appear.

If the sludge blanket appears, butthe depth continues to increase,then the sludge withdrawal ratemust also. be increased until a

START-UP AN,D OPERATING PROCEDURES



2.

steady state is achieved. At thissteady state, the underflow solidsmass should be equivalent to theincoming solids mass. If thesludge blanket continues to riseeven at maximum sludgewithdrawal rates, then the influentfeed rate must be decreased.Generally, clarifiers areconservatively designed, makingthis case unlikely.

Should it be impossible to fill thetank with clear water or if thedilute underflow will upset otherportions of the process, then thenext procedure is possible.

Have the mechanism turningwhile filling the clarifier withregular influent. As soon as thesludge withdrawal system is ableto provide withdrawal, check therate calculated from expectedunderflow concentrations andinfluent solids loading. While theclarifier is running, startmonitoring the sludge blanketdepth and the underflow solidsconcentration. Let the blanketdepth and the underflow solidsconcentration build to the rangeas described in Procedure 1. Assoon as possible, bring theprocess into balance by havingthe underflow solids withdrawalrate (dry solids Ibs/hour) equal tothe influent solids loading rate(dry solids Ibs/hour).

It may take a period of time forgood results to show. Allow thesystem to stabilize betweenadjustments. Note that samplingshould be done as often asnecessary to maintain the quality

requirements and to determinenecessary adjustments.

LOG ALL READINGS ANDOBSERVATIONSDEWATERING / SHUTDOWN

Approximately once a year, the clarifiershould be taken out of service anddewatered. This gives plant personnelan opportunity to inspect all parts of themechanism, perform adjustments andmaintenance to submergedcomponents, touch-up paint, etc.. If youanticipate that the clarifier will be out ofservice for an extended period, pleaserefer to long-term storage and shutdownprocedures elsewhere in this manual.There are two common clarifierdewatering procedures:

1. Shut off feed to the clarifier. Usethe sludge withdrawal systemand/or floor drain(s) (if present) tocompletely drain the clarifier tank.The mechanism should beallowed to rotate while the tank isbeing drained. This will ensurethat very little sludge remainsbehind on the clarifier floor whenthe liquid is gone, and less floorcleanup will be required.

As the liquid level drops in thetank, carefully watch themechanism torque indicator. Theclarifier mechanism is designedto be balanced when submerged.In some clarifiers, the mechanismcan tip slightly as skimmers, rakearms, etc. become unsubmerged.This may cause the rake bladeson one arm to start draggingslightly on the floor. If the torqueindicator shows a sudden jump intorque as the tank is draining, it isprobably being caused by an

START-UP AND OPERATING PROCEDURES



unbalanced condition. In thiscase, the mechanism should beshut down.

When the tank is completelydrained, a high-pressure hosemay be used to wash anyremaining sludge from the floorinto the sludge pit / drain. Themechanism should also besprayed clean to aid ininspection.

CAUTION: If a small amount of liquid isallowed to remain in the tank, it maycover the sludge pit or other drains inthe clarifier floor. Personnel working inthe tank should be very careful to firstlocate and mark any obscured sludgepits or drains to avoid injury fromaccidentally falling or stepping in them.

2. If the clarifier needs to bedewatered more quickly than thesludge withdrawal system and/ordrain(s) can accommodate,temporary additional pumps maybe used to speed up the tankdraining. However, any pumps orhoses lowered into the tank willrequire that the mechanism beturned off.

Again, the feed to the clarifiershould first be shut off. Ifpossible, use the sludgewithdrawal system alone to begindewatering the tank. This willallow the mechanism to remain inoperation and continue to movesettled sludge to the outlet. Ifpossible, allow the mechanismand sludge withdrawal system toremove most of the sludgeblanket from the tank, if possible,before using Cildditional pumps.

When additional pumps and/orhoses are introduced into thetank, the mechanism must beshut off.

Observe the same cautions andmethods as outlined in Procedure 1 tocomplete the tank dewatering.

COLD, WEATHER OPERATION



During cold and wet weather conditionsextra precaution needs to be taken toensure that damage does not occur tothe equipment.

These precautions should befollowed when extreme weather (i.e.freezing rain, temperature below32°F/O°C) is expected.

CAUTION: Do not operate theequipment if ice forms and builds up onthe inside of the tank wall. The alarmand motor cut-out settings are not set toprotect the skimming equipment, nor themechanism in the event of continuouslyhigh torque conditions.

TORQUE CONTROL

The torque control weekly maintenanceschedule should be followed on a dailybasis during extreme weather. (SeeTORQUE CONTROL MAINTENANCE.)This should help ensure that nomechanical items in the box havefrozen. If freezing occurs inside thetorque box, there is no overloadprotection for the equipment.

In addition, check daily for ice build-upon and around the drive/torque box unitand remove as necessary. Dailylubricate the plunger with WD-40.

A condensate heater in the torque boxand/or covering the drive can helpprotect against possible damageresulting from freezing rain.

SKIMMER ASSEMBLY

The skimmer assembly should be takenout of service during freezing conditions.This can be done by rotating the pivotyoke(s), allowing the blade(s) to clear

the top of the scum box. The assemblymay also be removed altogether.

When reinstalling, consult the SkimmerAssembly drawing. Be sure that the blade willnot catch the front edge of the scum box rampand is parallel with the scum box opening.

Several severe weather features can beincluded with your equipment. These include:

Condensate heaters in the torque boxand control panels.Slip clutch couplings in the drive train.Drive unit housing coverage.Local electric control panels with alarmlights, horns, relays, lights, and resetbuttons.

These items mayor may not have beenincluded with your order. They can bepurchased direct through WesTech if desired.When considering these items, it is importantto recognize that non-functioning torqueprotection causing damaged equipment can bea result of extreme weather, forcingunnecessary shut downs. If extreme weatheris expected, WesTech highly recommends theabove procedures.

,STORAGE AND SHUTDOWN PRECAUTIONS i



To shut down the clarifier, stop flow tothe unit and lock out power to drive. Ifthe conveyor is to be inoperative for aprolonged period of time, operateconveyor until cleared of all material andopen drain valve to drain unit of allliquid. This is particularly importantwhen the material conveyed tends toharden or become more viscous, orsticky if allowed to stand for a period oftime.

Check that all valves and drains aretightly closed and that the drive isoperating normally.

STORING BEFORE INSTALLATION

It is preferable to store mechanical andelectrical items indoors in a dry, wellventilated enclosure with a temperatureas constant as possible. The equipmentshould also be adequately supported toprevent distortion and undue stresses.It should be at least six inches off thefloor.

The following instructions also apply ifthere is to be a period of time betweeninstallation and start-up or betweenstart-up and the equipment going onstream. These steps are required toprotect against corrosion and assureoperating condition.

Whether stored indoors or outdoors, thefollowing steps should be taken:

SHORT TERM STORAGE OR SHUTDOWN(From 30 to 120 days)

Cover with a tarpaulin that allowsadequate ventilation, drainage, andinspection access in an area protectedagainst wind, direct sunlight, rain, andsnow.

At least once a month, re-Iubricate allitems that are grease lubricated andgrease exterior surfaces of all seals.Inspect all of the equipment for signs ofcorrosion and take corrective steps asrequired.

LONG TERM STORAGE OR SHUTDOWN(Over 120 days)

In addition to those steps shown under"Short Term", the following steps shouldbe taken whether storage is indoors oroutdoors:

Periodic checks, frequency dependentupon ambient conditions, must be madeof painted surfaces for deterioration ofpaint. Wide variations in ambienttemperatures are conducive tocondensation with its resultant oxidation.Steps should be taken to protect theaffected surfaces. Bitumastic coatingstend to become brittle and to chip.Increasing ventilation and reducinghumidity are frequently required. Whereequipment is well covered andprotected, inspection doors, covers, etc.should be blocked open slightly toincrease ventilation. Relatively smallareas and shafts can be coated with awaterproof grease or rust inhibitor.

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES AND TROUBLESHOOTING



a. This condition is probably due toan excessive accumulation ofsolids in the bottom of the tankresulting from the sludge beingdischarged at an average rateless than the rate of introductionof solids with the feed. Anadjustment must be made in therate of feed introduction.Immediately bypass the feed andopen the underflow line toeliminate the accumulation ofsolids. Allow the mechanism tocontinue to operate, if possible. Ifthe overload is so heavy that thecutout switch continues to stopthe machine, it will be necessaryto drain the tank and sluice outthe solids.

TROUBLESHOOTING:Emergency conditions may be definedas those situations which woulddrastically interfere with the operation ofthe mechanism and which would requireimmediate remedial measures.Emergency operating procedures for theequipment covered by this manual mustnecessarily be coordinated with themaster plan for the whole treatmentplant. It will depend on the degree ofautomation which has been provided,the availability of the bypass ofalternative treatment systems, and thepriority attached to maintaining flow.

External emergencies such as a powerfailure, flow surges exceeding designconditions, or failure of part of thetreatment systems are conditions whichshould be treated in the master plan.

Internal emergencies within the unit willbe indicated if the overload alarmsounds or the drive motor stops.

EMERGENCY PROCEDURES:

1. THE OVERLOADSOUNDS OR THEMOTOR STOPS:

ALARMDRIVE

1.

2.

3.

Immediately bypass the feed andopen the sludge discharge line todrain off any accumulation ofsludge.

If possible, allow the mechanismto continue running as long asthere is no build-up of indicatedtorque. This could result in anelimination of accumulatedsludge.

If the overload is so heavy thatthe cut-out switch continues tostop the mechanism, it will benecessary to drain the tank andsluice out the sludge.

b. Interference with rake armoperation may also be caused bya foreign object (Le. rocks, tools,etc.) being dropped into the tank.Stop the mechanism and see ifthe object can be removed. (Thismay have to be done by meansof grappling hooks or "fishing theobject out"). If not successfulwithin a short time, it will benecessary to cut off the influent toprevent too great anaccumulation of sludge. If theobject cannot be removed withthe tank filled, it will be necessaryto drain the tank and remove itbefore operating the mechanism.Check the rake arms for anydamage or deformation beforeresuming operations.

EMERGENCY PRqCEDURES AND TROUBLESHOOTING



c. A rake arm may be dragging onthe bottom of the tank. This iscaused by the arm being out ofcorrect alignment or possibly aconnection has failed. Toremedy, the tank must be drainedand the arm adjusted or reattached.

d. A skimmer arm (if supplied), may.be dragging on the tank wall.The arm must be adjusted toallow unrestricted movement.

2. THE UNDERFLOW (SOLIDSDISCHARGE) LINE BECOMESPLUGGED:

a. This condition is a result of theunderflow being allowed tobecome too thick. To clear theline, back flush with highpressure water until the line iscleared.

5.

6.

PARTICULATE IS BEINGCARRIED OUT WITH THEEFFLUENT:

This condition is due tomisalignment of the weir. Readjust weirs so the water level isjust above the V-notches. Thiswill provide proper effluent flowwithout the removal of fine solids.

THE SCUM BOX BECOMESPLUGGED:

This condition is a result of scumand debris building up in thescum box discharge line. Toclear the line, back flush with highpressure water. It is goodpractice to keep the cross barsfree of scum buildup and debristo prevent this problem.

b. This condition may also becaused by a foreign object gettinginto the line to cause theplugging. Use the same remedygiven in Item 1b above. In anyevent, the source of trouble mustbe located and corrected beforestarting the mechanism again.

3. PROBLEM WITH THE SPEEDREDUCER:

See the speed reducer operationand maintenance manual in theDRIVE section.

4. THE DRIVE UNIT BEGINS TOOPERATE NOISILY:

See the drive unit operation andmaintenance manual in theDRIVE section.

DO NOT ATTEMPT TO CONTINUERUNNING THE MECHANISM WHENAN OVERLOAD CONDITION ISINDICATED; IDENTIFY THE TROUBLEAND RESOLVE IT!

DO NOT START UP THE MECHANISMWITH A LOAD OF SLUDGE IN THETANK.

DO NOT TAMPER WITH THEOVERLOAD ALARM SWITCHADJUSTMENTS IN AN ATTEMPT TOKEEP THE MACHINE RUNNINGUNDER OVERLOADED CONDITIONS.SUCH TAMPERING WILL VOID THEWARRANTY.

11II

11II111

CHAN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY

GENERAL

WEsTECH'--"AN-'-:"'E=.!!M"-!..P..=:LO"'-'Yc..=E=-E-"'-OW"-'-N'-'-'E=--=D:...>:C=O':"':MP'-:'-A=N'-'-:Y - __---- --'-


INTRODUCTION

Thoroughly read and familiarize yourselfwith the instructions in this manualbefore the drive unit is installed,adjusted, or operated. The drive unit,including the accessory equipmentfurnished but not built by WesTech,must be stored, installed, operated, andmaintained according to theseinstructions to ensure long stableequipment life and complete warrantycoverage.

The instructions in this manual arebased on information available at thetime of issuance of this manual.WesTech reserves the right to makesubsequent changes to the manualwithout obligation to update existingcopies.

RECEIVING AND INSPECTION

The drive unit has been thoroughlychecked and inspected before shipment.Nevertheless, before acceptingshipment, check all the items againstthe packing list for shortages andinspect for evidence of physicaldamage. In either case, notify thecarrier by making notes on the shippingpapers and also immediately notify theWesTech project manager.

Inspect painted surfaces for damage.WesTech assumes no responsibility forfield touch-up or damage, which occursto painted surfaces in shipping.Purchasers are invited to inspect thepaint on the drive unit in WesTech'sshops for proper preparation andapplication prior to shipment. Fieldpainting of fasteners and other touch-upto painted surfaces will be by thepurchaser.

Keep a record of all claims andcorrespondence (photographs arerecommended) .

If the drive unit is not to be installedimmediately, refer to the storageinstructions under 'Storage and PaintDurability' below.

GENERAL

W EsTEC H '-"AN-'-'E=M"'-P-=LO"'-'yc=E=-E=OW'--"N'-'-'E=D:....=C=O=M'-'-PA-"-'N'-'-y ~ _


FIELD CHARGES ANDMODIFICATIONS

WesTech does not anticipate problemswith the installation of the drive unit.However, due to the nature of fabricatedsteel, a certain amount of minor fit-upand adapting work may be required ofthe installer. Such work is a normal partof installation work, especially withreplacement retrofit drives.

The American Institute of SteelConstruction ASD, Ninth Edition, orLRFD, First Edition,

"Code of Standard Practice" applies toerection of this equipment. It reads asfollows:

"7.12. Corrections and ErrorsNormal erection operationsinclude the correction of minormisfits by moderate amounts ofreaming, chipping, welding orcutting, and the drawing ofelements into line through theuse of drift pins. Errors whichcannot be corrected by theforegoing means or which requiremajor changes in memberconfiguration are reportedimmediately to the owner andfabricator by the erector, toenable whoever is responsibleeither to correct the error or toapprove the most efficient andeconomic method of correction tobe used by others."

The installer should inform WesTechimmediately of any problems due tofabrication or engineering error, whichcan't be corrected by minor fit-up andadaptive ·work.

Before any re-work is started, theinstaller must obtain a WesTechwarranty tracking number, whichmust include a cost limitation.WesTech policy dictates that no fieldcharges will be paid without priorapproval by WesTech and a warrantytracking number.

The warranty tracking number will beissued when the extent of suchmodifications and the price forperforming these modifications havebeen agreed upon. In general, whenparts require replacement, andWesTech agrees that replacement isnecessary, WesTech will furnish theparts. The contractor will remove thedefective parts and install thereplacement parts at a cost agreed uponby both parties.

GENERAL

WEsTEC H '-"AN'"'-'E=M'-"-P..:=;LO"'-'Y'-'=E=E.=OW.....N=E=D'-"C=O=M'-'-PA=N'-'-Y _


STORAGE AND PAINT DURABILITY

Pre-Installation Storage:

If the drive unit will be stored or out ofuse for more than 30 days, the followingprocedures must be followed in order toprotect against corrosion and maintainthe warranty.

A. If possible, store the drive unitindoors on a level surface in adry, well-ventilated place with arelatively constant temperature.The drive should be adequatelysupported to prevent distortion ofthe main gear housing. The driveshould be at least six inches offthe floor.

B. If the drive unit must be storedoutdoors:

1. Store the drive unit in an areathat is out of the way ofmoving equipment. Cover thedrive unit with a tarpaulin thatallows adequate ventilation,drainage and inspectionaccess. Place the unit in anarea protected from wind,direct sunlight, rain, andsnow.

(Note: Plastic covers shouldnot be used since they tend totrap condensation.)

C.

D.

E.

F.

Lubricate the drive with properlubricants as shown on theLubrication Tags drawing.

On a weekly basis, run the drivefor a minimum of one (1) hour byconnecting temporary power inorder to coat all the gear andbearing surfaces with oil (for oillubricated drives) or grease (forgrease lubricated drives). Thecondensate must be drained atleast weekly from the oil drainvalve (for oil lubricated drives).Make sure the weep holes areclear for condensate to drainfreely (for grease lubricateddrives). Perform a megger test ofthe motor windings when thedrive unit is received and prior tostartup. Prior to the meggertesting, disconnect any sensitiveelectronic equipment such asVFDs or motor controllers.

Inspect painted surfaces fordamage. Apply a suitableprotective coating to damagedpaint areas.

For storage instructions for themotor, reducer or otheraccessory equipment, refer to therespective manufacturer'sinstructions in the 'AccessoryEquipment' section of thismanual.

2. Make sure the threaded holesin the terminal boxes of themotor are taped closed. If themotor is equipped with aheater, temporary powershould be connected to theheater so the motortemperature remains fairlyconstant.

Storage After Drive Has Been Installedor in Operation:

If the drive unit is to be shut down andremain out of operation for a periodlonger than 30 days, the followinginstructions must be followed.

GENERAL

WEsTEC H A,-"N"":-,E=M",--P-,=-,LO~Y-=.EE=-O,,,-,W,-,,-,N=E,-,=,D~C=OM,-,,-"P,-,-A",,-,N-,-Y _


A.

B.

C.

Shut off electricity to the drivemotor except for heaters (ifprovided).

Follow steps C-F under "PreInstallation Storage" section inthis manual.

Perform a megger test of themotor windings when the driveunit is taken out of operation andprior to putting back in operation.Prior to megger testing,disconnect any sensitiveelectronic equipment such asVFDs or motor controllers. Theminimum reading should be 1(one) mega ohm for motors ratedfor 600 volts and less. Any dropbelow this point necessitateselectrical or mechanical drying ofmotor windings.

LUBRICATION WARNING

Do not operate the drive unit, includingthe motor and reducer, without properlubrication. For lubrication instructions,refer to "Drive Lubrication" in the'MAINTENANCE' section of this manual.

Failure to observe this warning willvoid the drive warranty.

SANDBLASTING WARNING

The WesTech drive unit (including themotor and reducer) must be fullycovered or sealed off to protect againstsand and dust when sandblasting isbeing done in the vicinity.

All external openings and areasbetween the housing, gear hub, anddrive cover must be covered or tapedclosed. After sandblasting and beforestart-up, check a sample of the oil tomake sure that sand has not penetratedthe drive and contaminated the oil.Samples can be taken through the drainvalves. If sand is present in the oil,drain completely and re-fill with quantitylisted on the lube tag.


GENERAL

EsTEC H AN EMPLOYEE OWNED COMPANY


TORQUE CONTROL SETTINGSWARNING

Do not alter the factory-set positions ofthe torque limit switch actuators in thetorque box. This can cause seriousdamage to the drive and rakemechanism. The 4-20 mA transmittersignal (if provided) should not be usedfor alarm and motor cutout as it does notcorrespond precisely with the drivetorque control device cams and limitswitches. These are set and calibratedin WesTech's manufacturing shops. The4-20 mA transmitter (if provided) is to beused only for remote monitoring. Overtorque cutout requires manual restart, orreset of a latched cutout circuit thatprevents auto restart of units with themotor. Units with hand/off/auto selectorswitches must be checked to insureproper torque protection when set inauto and hand modes. Contact theWesTech project manager if the torquecontrol setting needs to be changed.

Rotating drive parts and cage maydestroy electrical conduit if installed tooclose to the drive unit. Over torquecutout requires manual restart, or resetof a latched cutout circuit that preventsauto restart of the motor.


MAINTENANCE AND OPERATIONWARNING

To prevent personal injury, only trainedemployees should be allowed to workon or around the drive. Lock out allelectrical power before performingmaintenance on any moving part of thedrive. Employees entering the driveareas should wear adequate safetyequipment such as safety glasses,safety shoes, hard hats, etc.

Keep hands, clothing, etc. away frommoving parts. Inspect equipment on aweekly basis for any irregularities. Takecare of these in a timely manner.

Manually test the limit switches on thetorque control device on a weekly basisto make sure the controls are workingproperly. This can be done by pressingthe rod covered by a red rubber cap onthe outside of the box. (Refer to theTorque Control Device drawing 7-822281.)

If the clarifier or thickener has stoppeddue to high torque, do not open thetorque control device. Energy is storedin the drive train and torque controlspring. The stored energy should bereleased prior to undertaking anymaintenance or repair. (Refer to 'DriveUnit Troubleshooting' section in thismanual.)



I L

INSTALLATION

WESTEC H <--"AN..'-'E=M"-'-P.=LO:<..-'Y'-'=E=-E=OW"-'-N'-'-'E=D'-"C=O=M'-'-PA-"-'N'-'-Y _


LIFTING THE DRIVE UNIT

Lift the drive unit using the lifting lugsprovided in the drive base. Keep thedrive unit as level as possible duringlifting. Spreader bars may be necessaryto keep the lifting cables from touchingother parts of the unit as this may causedamage. Any lifting lugs on individualcomponents (motor, reducer, etc.) arefor lifting those components only duringassembly or disassembly and are NOTfor lifting the entire drive.

DRIVE UNIT INSTALLATION

Make sure both mounting surfaces areclean and free from foreign debris.Place the drive unit on the walkwayframe (shaft drive) or the center column(cage drive). The drive should beloosely fastened to the walkway orcenter column.

The final check for level will becompleted after all the items designed tohang from the drive are attached.(Refer to the 'Final Check for Level'section of the ClarifierlThickenerEquipment Installation Manual and theShimming Procedure drawing).

Lubricate the drive unit according to theinstructions under 'Drive Lubrication' inthe 'MAINTENANCE' section of thismanual. The accessory equipment(motor, reducer, etc.) should belubricated according to the respectivemanufacturer's instructions (See the'Accessory Equipment' section of thismanual).

Connect the drive motor for properdirection of rotation as shown on theGeneral Arrangement I DriveAssembly drawings. (Refer to driverotation direction arrow stickerplaced on the drive.) WesTech willnot accept responsibility for anydamage caused by the drive rotatingin the wrong direction. On multipinion drives, be sure all motors areconnected to rotate in the samedirection. This is done by removingall motors and confirming they allrotate in the same direction. Severedamage to the drive will result if allmotors do not run in the samedirection.

Connect the motor alarm and cutoutlimit switches in the torque control

.device (see the suggested electricalschematic or WesTech panel wiringdiagram). The torque transmitter (ifprovided) must be calibrated tocorrespond with the visual torqueindicator scale. Refer to the procedurein this manual for calibrating the torquetransmitter (if provided). Refer toGeneral Arrangement drawings foralarm and motor cutout torque values.Manually check to make sure that thealarm and motor cut out switchesfunction properly at the torque valuesspecified on the General Arrangementdrawings. This is done by pressing therod that is covered by a red rubber capon the outside of the torque box. (Referto the Torque Control Device drawing 7822281).

INSTALLATION

EsTE C H AN EMPLOYEE OWNED COMPANY


WELDING WARNING

If field welding is required after the driveis installed, DO NOT allow current topass through the precision bearing balls.This will result in sparking betweenbearing balls and bearing races and willdestroy the precision bearing assembly.DO NOT WELD ON THE DRIVE UNITITSELF. Attach the welding grounddirectly to the part to be welded.


STARTUP

Before starting the drive, make sure thetank and mechanism path are free fromany debris and obstructions. Checkdrive and accessory equipment forproper lubrication. Perform a test on themotor windings to make sure there is noelectrical current leakage between thewindings. Disconnect any sensitiveelectronic equipment before performingmegger test. Watch for correct rotationof the mechanism and any interference.

For drives with a lift, the liftingmechanism should raise the rake armsat the preset torque. When the liftingdevice is used, check clearances in theup and down positions of the rake arms.

Observe the drive and othermechanisms for proper andunobstructed operation. The tank isnow ready for the influent. A gradualincrease in the indicated torque isnormal as influent is being introduced.Any irregular or jerking motion in theoperation of the rake arms must beimmediately investigated and remedied.A minor amount of 'swing' is normal foroperation in an empty tank.

Check the alarm switch and motorcutout switch wiring by pressing the rodthat is covered by a red rubber cap onthe outside of the torque box. (Refer tothe Torque Control Device drawing 78222 B1). An alarm should sound andthe motor should shut off when theseswitches are activated. A latching relaythat is manually reset must be used inthe control wiring to prevent themechanism (clarifier, thickener, etc.)from relaxing and overloading itselfseveral times without resolving thecause for overload.

MAINTENANCE

WEsTEC H A'-"N..:....:E=M"-'-P=LO"-'Y-=EE==-O=.:W:...:..:N=E=O-""C=OM=P'-'-A.:.:...:N...:....y _


DRIVE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY

Refer to the enclosed AssemblyDiagram and 'Drive AssemblyProcedures' in the event disassembly ofthe drive is required for maintenancepurposes.

The main gear and bearings werepacked with grease at the WesTechmanufacturing shop before shipment.For proper lubrication, fresh grease,which is compatible with the greasealready used by the WesTechmanufacturing shop, must be added inquantities shown on the LubricationTags drawing and lubrication plate.Grease shall be applied at twice thefrequency as shown on the LubricationTags drawing for the first 500 operatinghours so that grease used during wearin is replaced. The lubrication tagattached to the drive by the WesTechshop indicates the type of grease usedso that the plant can procure compatiblegrease.

The application of grease is to be doneas follows: Lube point #1 is rotating fast

so normal pumping is recommended.All other points are rotating so slow thatgrease should be applied slowly. Oneounce is approximately 5 shots from agrease gun. Since gun sizes vary, theoperator should determine the numberof shots of grease per ounce for hisgrease gun. Therefore, when 2 oz. arecalled for weekly or monthly, one slowpump should be applied per one tenth ofa revolution. This is roughly 1 slow shotevery 2 minutes which would result inthe uniform distribution of grease aroundthe main gear bearing rather than causethe grease to puddle up at one point onthe pinion face.

Note: Some motors require grease(See LUBETAG drawing for quantityand frequency). Motors which requiregrease are normally done yearly. Mostsmall HP motors have bearings that aresealed for life and do not requirelubrication. DO NOT use the samegrease for the motor as used on thedrive gears and bearings.

MAINTENANCE

WEsTEC H =AN",-=E=M,--"PL=-OY,-,=E=-EO=W=N=ED"--'C=O=MP'--'-'A"-'-.NY'--- _


RECOMMENDED GREASE I GEARS AND DRIVE BEARINGS


NLGI GRADE NUMBER 2MANUFACTURER LUBRICANT

SHELL OIL CO. Alvania #2MOBIL OIL CO. Mobilux EP #2

EXXON CO. Beacon #2GULF OIL CORP. Gulfcrown #2

AMERICAN OIL CO. Amolith #2CHEVRON Dura-Lith Grease EP #2

RECOMMENDED GREASE I MOTORS

MANUFACTURER LUBRICANTMOBIL OIL CO. Polyrex EM

EXXON CO. Polyrex EMTEXACO Polystar

CHEVRON SRIRYKON Premium #2

PENNZOIL Pen 2 Lube

RECOMMENDED FOOD GRADE GREASE I GEARS & DRIVE BEARINGS

AMBIENT 5° Fto 140° FTEMPERATURE (-15°C to 60°C)

NLGI GRADE NUMBER 2SHELL OIL CO. Shell Grease FM 2MOBIL OIL CO. Mobil FM 102 EP

CHEVRON FM Grease EP

MAINTENANCE

W EsTEC H =AN-,--,E:.!.!M!.!-PL~O,--,-Y==EE=--"O=W=N.!:.!ED~C~O=M,,-!PA=N,-,--Y _


Recommended Oil - Torgue Box

Use alight spray oil like WD-40 or Anti-Seize.

RECOMMENDED GEAR OILS

AMBIENT 14° F to 41° F 32° F to 95° F 32° F to 140° FTEMPERATURE (-10° C to 5° C) (0° C to 35° C) (0° C to 60° C)

Viscosity Grade AGMA4 EP AGMA5 EP AGMA6 EPor or or

ISO 150 ISO 220 ISO 320MANUFACTURER LUBRICANT LUBRICANT LUBRICANT

EXXON CO. Spartan EP 150 Spartan EP 220 Spartan EP 320B.P. OIL CO. Energol GR-XP 150 Energol GR-XP 220 Energol GR-XP 320

GULF OIL CORP. EP Lubricant HD 150 EP Lubricant HD 220 EP Lubricant HD 320LUBRICATION ENGR. Almasol604 Almasol607 Almasol605

MOBIL OIL CO. Mobil 600 XP 150 Mobil 600 XP 220 Mobil 600 XP 320SHELL OIL CO. Omala Oil Co. 150 Omala Oil Co. 220 Omala Oil Co. 320

EQUIVALENT SYNTHETIC GEAR OILS


ISO Viscosity Grade 320MANUFACTURER LUBRICANT

LUBRICATION ENGR. INC. Monolec 9320MOBIL OIL CO. Mobilgear SHC630

AMSOIL SGM

It is WesTech's experience thatsynthetic oil performs better and lastslonger than regular oil. Synthetic oil hasthe following advantages: it separatesmore easily from water, has a strongerboundary layer resulting in betterlubrication, and generally has a longerservice life. It is recommended that thecustomer change the mineral gear oilyearly (after the initial 500 hour run-inperiod) or get it analyzed by anindependent laboratory for extendedservice intervals.

Synthetic oil may be used for three tofive years based on yearly lab analysis

and recommendations from localproviders.

WARNING:

DO NOT MIX MINERAL GEAR OILWITH SYNTHETIC OIL WITHOUTCONSULTING WITH THE OILSUPPLIER. THIS MAY ADVERSELYAFFECT THE PERFORMANCE OFTHE LUBRICANT FOR SOMECOMBINATIONS OF MINERAL ANDSYNTHETIC OIL. DAMAGE TO DRIVECOMPONENTS MAY RESULT FROMNON-COMPATIBLE OILS.

MAINTENANCE

WEsTEC H '-"AN-'::'E""'M"-'-P-=:LO"'-'Yc.=E=..E-"'-OW"-"-'-'-'NE:>:O'-"C=O=M'--'-PA=N'-'-y__----::-::-- _



Shutdown and lockout power to thedrive unit. Check and re-tighten allexposed fasteners of the drive. (Fortorque values of the fasteners, refer tothe 'Drive Assembly Procedures'drawing).

Oil samples shall be sent to a lab for oilanalysis. Replenishment of oil in thedrive shall be based upon the results ofoil analysis.


Lubrication instructions andrecommended lubricants (oil andgrease) as specified are to be followed.This will provide long life and troublefree operation of the drive unit.

Check the drive unit oil level weekly.The oil level should be at the middle ofthe sight glass. Replenish oil asrequired. Refer to the section onLUBRICATION in the MAINTENANCEAND PARTS category of this manual.

If oil is noticeably discolored, it shouldbe drained and filtered through a finemesh cloth. Any sediment or contaminants should be measured andrecorded to preclude futurecontamination. Some discoloration willoccur due to normal dissolving of greaseby contact with oil. Change the oil ifnecessary.

Check drive unit for accumulatedcondensation at least weekly and in highhumidity areas as often as daily. Anycondensation must be promptlyremoved to prevent accumulation ofmoisture in the drive unit housing ormain bearing.

DRIVE TORQUE CONTROLOVERLOAD CONTROL DEVICELUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE

Apply spray oil (WD-40 or equal) to thetorque box plunger weekly. Check theplunger for smooth movement. Thetorque control weekly maintenanceschedule should be followed daily whentemperatures are below freezing. Thiswill help ensure that no mechanicalitems in the box have frozen. If freezingoccurs inside the torque box, there is nooverload protection for the equipment. Inaddition, check daily for ice build-up onand around the drive/torque box unitand remove as necessary. Using acondensate heater in the torque boxand/or covering the drive can helpprotect against possible damageresulting from freezing rain. Foradditional information on the torquecontrol device, refer to drawing 7-8222B1.

MAINTENANCE

WESTEC H !:!!ANc:!....E!:..!:M~P...!='LO~Y!...!=E~E:;<.OWJ!J!..l.!.!NE=-!=D~C~01.!!!ML.!PA~Nw...Y _


LUBRICATION OF ACCESSORYEQUIPMENT

Reducer (Grease Lubricated):

All grease lubricated reducers are prelubricated at the reducer manufacturer'sfactory. Refer to the reducermanufacturer's catalog data for the typeand brand of grease used or thelubricant sticker attached to the reducer.Apply grease to the reducer as shownon the 'Lubrication Tags' drawing andlubrication plate. Some smaller reducersare maintenance free and do not requirere-Iubrication. Refer to the LubricationTags and drawings to see if this applies.

MAINTENANCE



BREAK-IN MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS INTERVAL INITIALS DATE

Drain and Fill Oil Cavity/Cavities (Before ahoursOperating)Drain and Replace Oil 500 hours

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCEREQUIREMENTSGrease Cyclo Reducer M

Grease Upper Bearing M

Grease Main Bearing W

Oil Main Gear/Lower Bearing W

Drain and Replace Main Gear/Lower Bearing Oil A

Oil Torque Box Plunger W

INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS

Inspect Fasteners For Tightness M/A

Visually Inspect Drive Mech. for Wear W/A

Test Torque Box Limit Switches W

Check/Drain Condensate W

Check/Drain Particulates S

Inspect/Repair Drive Unit Paint A

Inspect Torque Control Device A

A - ANNUALLY, S - SEMIANNUALLY, M - MONTHLY, W - WEEKLY, D - DAILY

Refer to Equipment Maintenance and Lubrication Summary for specific maintenanceand inspection instructions.

EsTE CHAN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY ,

E N

OPERATION

WEsTECH A'-"N-'-'E=M"-'-P-'='LO"'-'Y-'=E.=..E""'OW!..!jN=E"""D--"'C=O=MPw..A=N'-'--Y _


OPERATION INSTRUCTION - DRIVEUNIT

Inspect the drive for proper lubricationas per the Lubrication Tags drawing andlubrication instructions.

Drive Without Lifting Device:

Observe the rake mechanism forsmoothness of operation. Any irregularmotions, springing action, and binding orrubbing must be investigated andadjusted.

Refer to the ClarifierrrhickenerOperation & Maintenance manual forfurther instructions.

OPERATION



DRIVE UNIT TROUBLESHOOTINGRead and understand the 'Maintenance and Operation Warning' in the 'GENERAL'section of this manual, before doing any troubleshooting or inspections. There aremany hazardous conditions around a drive such as electric shock, risks related torotating equipment, etc.

Problem Possible Causes Corrective ActionsMotor not Rotating (1) Terminal wires are loose (1) Check connections

or not wired correctly. and wire these correctly.(2) Fuses have been blown. (2) Correct cause of(3) Circuit breakers have overload, replace fuses.tripped. (3) Reset and check(4) Burnt out windings due to running amps.overload, impaired ventilation, (4) Check all that apply,and incorrect power supply. remove cause then(5) Excessive cold replace motor.temperatures causing (5) Provide temporarylubricants to flow less easily. heat. Change to lower

viscosity lubricants, ormake sure to runcontinuously.

Motor Overheating (1) Motor is overloaded. (1) Remove overload(2) Motor operating on wrong condition.voltage. (2) Check supply voltage

and connect correct motorwiring.

Motor Operating with (1) Coupling misaligned. (1) Align coupling.Excessive Noise (2) Coupling halves too close. (2) Correct gap per

(3) Worn out bearings. specifications.(4) Broken fan. (3) Replace worn out(5) Bent fan cover. bearings.(6) Loose fasteners. (4) Replace fan.

(5) Repair or replace fancover.(6) Tighten fasteners.

OPERATION

WEsTECH'-"AN'"'-E=M=P-=.;LO"'-Y'-'=E=E.=OW-'-=-'-'-'NE==D'-"C=O=M'-'-PA-"-'N'-'-Y _


Drive Unit Troubleshooting (continued)

Problem Possible Causes Corrective ActionsMechanism not Turning (1) Shear pin broken (if (1) Replace broken shear

provided). pin.(2) Coupling between motor (2) Replace brokenand reducer broken. couplings.(3) Sheared or slipped key (3) Replace sheared keybetween drive train between drive traincomponents. components.

Torque Control Device (1) Incorrect wiring. (1) Correct the wiring.not Operating Correctly (2) Check for unauthorized (2) Contact WesTech for

adjustment of the cams. assistance.Before attempting any (3) Check for bent, broken, or (3) Replace the bent andwork on torque box, bound-up parts. broken parts.contact WesTech for (4) Zeroing screw not set (4) Set zeroing screwassistance. properly. properly per dwg 7-8222-

(5) Torque arm retaining B1 in Enclosures.*Unauthorized screw bent or broken (5) Remove and Repair oradjustment of the torque order replacement fromcontrol device will void WesTech. Refer to dwgthe warranty. 7-8222 B1 in Enclosures.

Torque Control Device (1) Rakes stuck in excessive (1) Remove accumulatedShows High Torque sludge. solids.

(2) Rake interference due to a (2) Correct the cause offoreign object. rake interference.(3) Plugged underflow. (3) Unplug underflow.(4) Thickener/Clarifier (4) Correct the operationaloperational problems. problems.(5) Bound up pinion shaft (5) Provide temporarybearings due to presence of heat to drive unit orfrozen condensate or replace corroded parts.corrosion. (6) Remove torque control(6) Torque control device device cover and applycamshaft is bound up. lubricant to camshaft.

OPERATION



Drive Unit Troubleshooting (continued)

Problem Possible Causes Corrective ActionsReducer or Drive (1) Lack of lubrication. (1) Check and addRunning with Excessive (2) Loose fasteners. grease/oil as required.Noise and Vibrations (3) Loose coupling. (See Lubrication Tags)

(2) Tighten fasteners.(3) Tighten coupling.

Reducer Overheating** (1) Reducer is overloaded. (1) Correct the wiring.(2) Incorrect lubricant or (2) Contact WesTech forquantity of lubricant. assistance.

(3) Replace the bent andbroken parts.(4) Set zeroing screwproperly.

Lubricant Leakage from (1) Seal or shaft worn out. (1) Repair or replace sealReducer (2) Excessive lubricant. and shaft.

(3) Water contamination. (2) Reduce frequency of(4) Reducer fasteners are re-Iubrication.loose. (3) Find water

contamination source andcorrect it.(4) Tighten fasteners.

Main Gear/Main Bearing (1) Lack of lubricant. (1) Check gear teeth andMaking Noise (2) Condensate water in add grease/oil as required.

gear/bearing cavity. (See Lubrication Tags)(2) Drain condensatewater.

Discolored Oil in Sight (1) Condensate mixing with (1) Drain condensateGlass (Milky, Dark oil. Weekly or as siteBrown or Black) (2) Oil dissolving grease. conditions require.

(3) Wash down water entering (2) Add 14 oz grease tothe main bearing. main bearing during one(4) Oxidation of the oil. rotation.

(3) Do not wash the top ofthe main gear/bearing.(4) Change the oil.Note: If discolored, drainand replace all oil plus addfresh grease (seeLubrication Tags).

** Sumitomo Cycloidal reducers have an allowable temperature rise of approximately1050 F above ambient if temperature fluctuation is small. If the temperature risesrapidly from stable condition, add the recommended oil or grease. (Refer to ReducerManufacturer's Lubrication Instructions.)

E STECHAN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY

I F 11 N

M-CYC O®PE D REDUCER

6000 ReducersNOTE: Motor HP in GRf\Y is to overcome breakawaytorque requirements in cold temperatures or high inertiaapplications, Atorque limiting device is recommended toprotcct the unit or driven machine,

L+e¥i11~t~R~, DImensions: Pages

Foot Mount (H) 4.17-4.29F-Flange (F) 4.39-4.47V-Flange (V) 4,65-4.79

Iij

:~lnnnUJIv

1

H

Double Reduction, Ratios 104-731H,F,V

Output RPMRatio

16.8 14.5 12.2 10.6 8.97 7.58 6.41 5.49 4.64 3.70 3.13 2.70 2.39 FRAME SIZE104 121 143 165 195 231 273 319 377 473 559 649 731

Input HP 10.7 9.17 7.76 6.72 5.69 4.79 4.05 3.48 2.94 """t.~'5" 1.99 1.70 1.52Output Torque (inolbs) 35900 35900 35900 35900 35900 35800 35800 35800 35800 35 00 35900 35800 35900Overhung Load (lbs) 8470 9040 9370 9370 9370 9370 9370 9370 9370 9:: 0 9370 9370 9370

Input HP 12.9 10.9 9.37 8.15 6.90 5.92 5.01 4.28 3.62 2.9 2.44 2.11 1.87Output Torque (inolbs) 43400 42500 43400 43600 43600 44300 44300 44300 44300 44 00 44300 44300 44300Overhung Load (ibs) 8380 8970 9370 9370 9370 9370 9370 9370 . 9370 9~ 0 9370 9350 9370

Input liP •• 8.39 8.39 8.39 7.54 6.39 5.46 4.63 "3.9 3.11 2.68 2.39Output Torque (inoills) " • 38800 44800 52900 56400 56400 56400 56400 56 00 56400 56400 56400Overhung Load (Ibs) • . 13200 13200 13200 13200 13200 13200 13200 13 00 13200 13200 13200

Input liP 16.0 14.4 12.2 10.6 8.94 7.54 • - - - - -Output Torque (in· Ills) 53900 56400 56400 56400 56400 56400·· •••Overhung Load (lbs) 11800 12600 13100 13200 13200 13200 • •• •.•

Input liP ••• - 8.39 8.39 7.97 6.82 s.n 4. 0 3.89 3.36 2.98Output Torque (inolbs) • ,. 52900 62800 70400 70400 70400 70 00 70400 70400 70400Overhung Load (Ibs) • • • , 13200 13200 13200 13200 13200 - 13 00 13200 13100 13200

621150\3

62050A

Input HP • 16.0 • 15.3 13.0 11.0 9.29 7.91 6.70 5. 7 4.55 3.92 3.48OutputTorque (in·llls) • 62800 82000 82000 82000 82000 81700 81700 82 00 82300 82300 82300Overhung Load (Ibs:!).---1__,_--..:...18:.:.:9.:::.;00':--__--'18::=9""00"--1.:..::8::;:.90:;;::0'----'17-89;:-:;0,:-0--..:.:18:;:9:;;:00,:--1::::8;:-:90=,,0-,1;:-:89;;0;::-0-':::18:10:;;::0'----'1..;:-897.0o::.0--';18::.:;9::::00"--1.:..::8~90:;;::0'--t--------1I

Input HP' - - • 16.0 16.0 14.8 12.5 10.8 9.17 7. ,2 6.19 5.33 4.72OutputTorque (in·llls) --, 85500 101000 110000 110000 112000 112000 l1t DO 112000 112000 112000Overhung Load (Ibs).__ ., 23400 23400 23400 23400 23400 23400 23 00 23400 23400 23400

InputHP • 25.6 • 20.1 17.0---~----.------~_·_-_··_~--·_·,·_· ....,-_.-:------=--'.=-.=.:..'=-=---Ir------;

OutputTorque (inGlbs) 101000 108000 108000 -- • ,. , - •Overhung Load (Ills) • 22700 • 23400 23400· , ., .""

Inl)ut liP 16.0 16.0 14.6 13.1 H.l 9.42 7.97 - - ..,Output Torque (in·lbs) 53900 62800 67500 70000 70000 70400 70400 • - -"Overhung Load (Ibs) 11800 12500 13000 13100 13100 13200 13200 .• - :----,,-,.=----=-=.=---!-------I

Input HP - - • - - - 7.87 6~50 5.83 4:0 4.03 3.28 3.38OutputTol'que (inolbs)· •.• 69500 67100 711 00 68 00 72800 68900 80100Overhung Load (Ills) , • • • • , 18900 18900 18900 1B DO 18900 18900 18900Speed

Reducers

Input HP • - • - 16.0 16.0 14.8 12.9 10.9 9.25 7.83 6.68 5.99.Output Torque (inolbs)" • -- 1n1nnn 1~nnnn 1Q1nnn 1'<"nnn 1'<'<nnn 141000 A1nnn 111nnn 1 Innn ,I 62250AOVHrhllnn InRnIlhm ' . . " 27600 29100 30600 32000 32600 32600 32600 32600 32600 II

Input HP -- 30.3 • 24.0 20.3 17.4 • • • • -- -- •OutputTorque (in"llls) " 119000 . 128000 128000 131000· .. - -- - - -Overhung Load (Ibs) • 23800 ' 26000 27300 29100 - • -- - • • •

Input HP • 34.1 - 32.5 27.5 22.4 18.9 16.2 13.7 11.8 10.0 8.63 7.66Output Torque (in·lbs) , 134000 ' 174000 174000 168000 168000 168000 168000 181000 181000 181000 181000Overhung Load (Ibs) • 30000 . 32000 33700 36400 38100 39900 40100 40100 40100 40100 40100

62350A

62450A

Input HP - 42.3 - 32.5 - • - " • - - - •OutputTorque (inolbs) • 166000 . 174000· . • • - • .. , ,

~y.~hun-g"-L=o=ad'-'(c:;:lb:2S)-j----_...:2:.:9.::.80:.:.:0'---_·_---=:32:c;0;-::;0.::.0----;:;;:--:;---;;:;;-"~---:==-' ;;---;:::;-:';---=-:-=----:;-;;--;:----:-;;---;;----:;:;;-.~---;;,-;;';;---Ir-------;Input HP •• - 34.1 32.1 30.5 25.8 22.1 18.7 14.9 12.6 10.9 9.65

OutputTorque (inolbs) -- • • 182000 202000 228000 228000 228000 228000 228000 228000 228000 228000Overhung Load (Ills) • • , 35900 37700 40100 42300 44100 46500 46700 4?:..:..70;:.:;0'--4:.::.67:..;:0:.::.0-'46;:.:;7.:;.00=---jl-- --1

Input HP • 46.4 - 43.5 36.8 30.5 • • - • - - --OutputTorque (inoills) • 181000 ' 233000 233000 228000· • • • • - •Overhung Load (Ibs) • 33100 • 35500 37500 40100, • " -- • • •

Input HP -- 42.7 - 42.7 42.7 36.6 31.0 27.8 23.5 20.0 16.9 14.5 12.9OutputTorque (inolbs) • 168000 • 228000 270000 274000 274000 287000 287000 306000 306000 306000 306000Overhung Load (Ills) • 40800 - 43900 45900 48900 51600 54200 57100 58000 58000 58000 58000

62550A

Input HP • 62.1 - 51.5 43.6 - • - • - • - -Output Torque (Inolbs) • 243000 • 276000 276000· • -- . • • • •Overhung Load (Ills) • 40600 " 43700 45900· " • -- • • • ,

62550\3

621511)A

62650AInput HP • 68.2 • 68.2 61.3 54.4 46.0 39.5 33.3 26.6 22.6 19.3 17.2

Output Torque (lnolbs) • 267000 • 364000 387000 407000 407000 407000 407000 407000 407000 407000 407000~,---:.07ve'"rh;::'-u-'ng'-L-'-oa-'-d-'-(I-bs.L) __+__.__4_9_60.:..;0__·__53_1-'-00_5.::.5.:..;80-'-0_59_5_00_61900 61900 61900 61900 6",,19;-::;0;::-0----":;61..;:-9.;00:.....:6:,;;19::.:;0;::0-+ '---1

Input HP - - -- • • • • 58.4 49.4 39.5 "33.3 28.7 25.5Output Torque (inolbs) --' . - . - 603000 603000 603000 603000 603000 603000Overllung Load (Ills) . • - . - . " 55800 55800 55800 55800 55800 55800

3.26 Frame Size Selection Tables 0 DOUBLE Reduction !a~.M!.!..9.\Y!9 Gyclo~ 6000 Series

CYClO® 6000 Speed Reducers

Frame Size Selection Tables 1750 RPM

Single Reduction, Ratios 3-21H,F,V

H F v

Dimensions: PagesFoot Mount (H) 4.2-4.15F-Flange (F) 4.30-4.38V-Flange (V) 4.48-4.64

Output RPM 583 350 292 219 159 135 117 103 83.3FRAME SIZERatio 3(1) 5111 6 8 11 13 15 17 21

Input HP - - 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 O. 7Output Torque (inolbs) - - 55.0 73.3 101 120 138 155 1 3 6060Overhung Load (lbs) - - 163 193 263 265 265 265 2 5

Input HP - - 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 o 1Output Torque inolbs - - 78.8 105 144 171 197 223 2 5 6065Overhung Load (Ibs) - - 168 192 258 265 265 265 2 5

Input HP - - 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 0.47 o 3Output Torque inolbs - - 95.5 128 175 207 239 270 3 9 6070Overhuna Load nbs) - - 293 322 359 379 379 397 3 7

Input HP - - 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.55Output Torque inolbs W! 110 Jali J1J 27 9 31 8 392 - 6075n\l~rhlln" Load (lh~) - - 289 320 357 375 377 397 397

Input HP - - 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.64Output Torque inolbs - - 163 218 299 353 408 462 461 6080Overhung Load (Ibs) - - 403 437 481 516 534 558 549



Input HP - - 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04 2.04Output Torque inolbs - - 417 556 765 903 1040 1190 1460 6095Overhung Load (Ibsl - - 591 655 741 741 736 739 732

InputHP 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 2.67 2.59Output Torque inolbs 324 540 646 862 1190 1400 1620 1550 1860 6100Overhung Load (Ibs) 687 813 864 963 1090 1140 1200 1210 1210

Input HP 4.26 4.26 4.27 4.27 4.27 4.27 4.27 3.30 3.14Output Torque inolbs 434 726 877 1170 1610 1890 2190 1910 2250 6105

Overhung Load (Ibs) 680 806 858 952 1080 1120 1180 1210 1210 610H




Input HP 7.79 7.79 7.80 9.33 7.95 7.95 7.95 7.60 6.55Output Torque inolbs 796 1335 1610 2550 2990 3530 4070 4420 4700 6125

Overhung Load (Ibs) 862 1022 1090 1200 1370 1400 1510 1520 1670 612H


InputHP 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 12.0 11.1 10.1Output Torque inolbs 1557 2596 3120 4150 5700 6740 6160 6460 7260 6135Overhung Load (ibs) 983 1165 1240 1380 1570 1620 1680 1810 1930

Input HP 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 17.4 16.1 13.6 11.6Output Torque inolbs 1792 2986 3580 4770 6570 7770 8250 7860 8340 6140Overhung Load (Ibs) 1558 1848 1970 2180 2450 2490 2600 2730 2930

[1] Ratings listed are for the horizontal mounting position; please contact factory for vertical mounting position ratings.

3.2 Frame Size Selection Tables ° SINGLE Reduction

A Unique Concept a • •

The word CYCLO •••. . . derives from Kyklos the Greek word for circle andrefers to the CYCLO disc, whose outer profile describesa cycloidal curve.

Features & Benefits of theCYCLO concept• Outstanding Reliability

2 Year WarrantyCYCLO speed reducers are noted for outstanding

reliability and extended operating lifetime - 20 years ofproblem-free performance is not unusual. This reliabilityis due in part to the high material specifications,component quality controls and careful assemblyprocedures. It also results from the total absence ofsliding friction. Correctly sized and selected CYCLOspeed reducers and gearmotors are covered by a twoyear warranty.

• High Overload Capacity 500% plus

CYCLO speed reducers have the strength towithstand over-loads that can break the teethof other reducers.

Here's why:At least 30% of the CYCLO's

unique disc profiles share shock

AdditionalValueSumitomo, THEORIGINAL CYCLO,offers these additionalbenefits:

• Total QualityPrecision manufacturing

and unmatched Quality Assuranceinsure consistent productperformance.

• 70 Years of Product DevelopmentThe unique CYCLO operating principle was invented

by the German engineer Lorenz Braren in 1931 and hisingenious design has continued its progressivedevelopment until the present day.

of overload and the components are in compression - sothey cannot be sheared off.

Compare that to conventional helical gear reducers,where one or two teeth must absorb the entire shock andare more prone to catastrophic failure.

• Overall EconomyCompetitive initial cost, high reliability, long life and·

minimal maintenance give CYCLO speed reducerssuperior overall economy when compared toconventional gear boxes.

• Ideal for Highly Dynamic ApplicationsSince inertia is very low, the CYCLO speed reducer

is ideally suitable for frequent start-stop-reversing dutiesand the combination with a frequency inverter.

• High Efficiency Even at High Ratios

Torque transmitting parts have rolling action withminimal friction, so the overall efficiency is as high as95% in single reduction units.

• Compact SizeReduction ratios from 6: 1 to 119:1 areavailable for the single stage. Triple

reduction stages offer ratios up tonearly 1,000,000:1.

• Over 7,000,000 UnitsSold

CYCLO speed reducersare in daily use in industriesthroughout the worldreplacing the moreconventional helical, worm

and spur gear units.

• Many Options ...... in mechanical and

electrical power transmission andcontrol are offered in the complete

CYCLO product range. Right Angle,Offset, Hollow Shaft, and Bushing Mounted

variations are readily available.

• Worldwide Product SupportFast, competent technical assistance with selection,

installation and after-sales service is available fromproduction and distribution centers throughout the world.

Quiet, Dependable, Consistently Long Life

• Quieter OperationSuper finishing of rotating components

provides smoother rolling action

• Higher RatingsOptimized design imparts more uniform internal

load distribution

• Longer LifeImproved internal gearometry extends already

long life

4

=Reduced BacklashDecreased internal clearances for high

performance requirements

• Total DependabilityTorque transmitting parts are made from fully

hardened, vacuum degassed bearing grade steel

• Absolute ConsistencyStringent manufacturing process and assembly

controls assure reliability

HOW IT WORKS

The unique SM-CYCLO® speed reducing system isbased on an ingeniously simple principle that offersmany benefits to the designer and user of power

transmission drives. Basically, the speed reducer hasonly three major moving parts:

1. High speed input shaft withintegrally mounted eccentric camand roller bearing assembly

2. Cycloid discs

3. Slow speed shaft assembly

Slow speed shaftRing gear pins and

,---------rollers

Cycloid disc

Q;p- High speed shaft

,--I--- Eccentric cam

Slow speed shaftpins

As the eccentric cam rotates, it rolls the cycloid discsaround the internal circumference of the stationaryring gear.

The resulting action is similar to that of a wheel rollingaround the inside of a ring. As the wheel (cycloid disc)travels in a clockwise path around the ring (ring gearhousing), the wheel itself turns slowly on its own axis ina counter-clockwise direction. In the SM-CYCLO®system the cycloidal profile around the outer edge of thedisc engages progressively with the rollers of the fixedring gear housing to produce a reverse rotation atreduced speed. For each complete revolution of thehigh speed shaft, the cycloid disc turns one cycloidaltooth in the opposite direction. In general, there is one

less cycloidal tooth around the disc than there are pinsin the fixed ring gear housing, which results in reductionratios equal to the number of cycloidal teeth on the disc.(Note: For some ratios, there are two less teeth percycloid disc than there are pins in the ring gearhousing.)

The reduced rotation of the cycloid discs is transmittedto the slow speed shaft by means of drive pins androllers that engage with holes located around the middleof each disc.

Typically, a two disc system is used with a doubleeccentric cam which increases the torque capacity andoffers an exceptionally smooth, vibration-free drive.

-;"'It .. _ ,q~'-' .. "

>}:~.~. ,:/~;t;.~., ",\~,,~ ,:'1 _~" ..~ ,

inl, 'Il-"""hl"':'~ ,t.,•.•.~.." .,!"1'~-,'~f,' ,Ib,' .,' "'~-::Z\~4 ~~~~~

.:w{J ,)r~;~l,."., .,,,.:~:~ ~"".'("f:~ :~~_ ~: ~.\~ . \

- " \' \,'... .

/ - \ High speed '\. '\ / Cycloid discs \ \ shaft \ \

Ring .gear \ \

\ hOUSIng \ \ High speed end \Slow speed shaft\ Eccentric cam and bearing \ shield

Ring gear pins and rollers

\\

Casing\

Slow speed shaft pins and rollers

\\

8

Cross Reference

PRIOR SERIES \1[\:1/

3DCfJ ltC:DD ,S-CDOGGCiO

3D/5 dOT;) DOG))6070

3085 ,HjB~ [)O75G080GD85

308D :1t}~!D t3G8G309,5 d~I':'5 :3085::lr)t)7 .:[U:~~ ;' ~mrJ:::

3100 d1cc: 'j100.31 D:~ :llC;:, (:lC531011 ~1:H I 01011

G1 1C::)]15

:31 1" Jl 1:; :=q~C"31 15 d1I'j :j125

31 111 :.112:~ f5Ui314,) ,11 ",t", 2,130),._,

::~1 ,1:; ::1,':', en',('1~C

:JE,;:, ,11 d~: C1 ~i;J

3EII ·'1:::: (;l~l-I--;- I '~_J

31:':;D 41 i'{i [~,l eG:Jlm) 4'1 C') til!:'tJ31GH ,:WI t,l(;113170 <11 -:r, ;3170i'.1

317:~ ~1 :) Gl 153180 i1180 ;~180

3185 ,1'11)5 lJ1i35,31GO ,~1 HO C)1:'W3195. 4195 6'1853205 ,'20;j f:i:?C53215 42'1'.) 321:)3225 ,1225 32~:5

3235 ~t?~» tJ~!~J:)

324:1 <12,15 C~~~ n53:?55 (.I;l55 3255·32G5 42135 (i~~\135

3275 4275 6275

Rugged, shock-resistantcast iron housing.Optional ductile ironalso available

High power density.All reduction containedin compact ring gearhousing

All rotating components arefully hardened, vacuumdegassed bearing gradesteel, for consistent, reliableperformance

Unique oil sight gauge forsimple, visible lubricationindication

of their ratings

Superior seal designusing wear sleevesand pressure-rated

seals

SECTION A CONTENTS

Mounting " , ...•......................... A-2General Construction A-3, 4Lubrication " A-5~ 10

Grease Units A-?, 8Designated Greases A-7Grease Replenishment & Change A-7Quantities of Grease A-?, 8

Oil Units ....•..................... A-8 - 10Oil Fill Procedure, Oil Gauge A-8Standard Oils A-SOil Quantities A-9

M ntingi. Mounting on Exact PlanesThe Horizontal Type oil-lubricated units must bemounted on horizontal surfaces. Where they aremounted on inclined surfaces, some modifications maybe necessary. Specify mounting plane inclination at timeof ordering.

2. Accurate AlignmentWhere the reducer is connected to the motor and thedriven machine through couplings, align the shaftsaccurately. Where the reducer is connected through Vpulleys or sprockets, insure that the belts or chains areneither too tight nor too slack.

3. Overhung Load PositionsOverhung loads should be iocated as close to thebearing as possible. (See the SM-CYCLO" 6000 SeriesCatalog page E-8.)

4. FoundationsFoundations must be rugged enough to withstand shockand stress applied from the load side through thereducer.

AHowable Oil Viscosity A-SOil Change A-SForced Lubrication A·9Oil Level Dimensions A-10

Bearings, on Seals & Gaskets A-1i-i3Dissassembly, Assembly ....•.......... A-14, 15Daily Inspection A·16Ordering Correct Replacement Units & Parts •.. A·16Storage & Operation After Storage A·16Trouble Shooting A·i?Notes , A·'18

5. Secure HousingWhere the reduction units are operated under conditionsof vibration and/or frequent starts and stops, it isrecommended to secure them on their mountingsurfaces by inserting dowel pins into the knock-holesprovided on the foot of the casing. This will insure thatbending or shearing forces are reduced on the mountingbolts. Pins must be securely inserted, particulariy whenthe units are to be operated under conditions of severerecurrent peak loads.

6. Mounting AccessibilityThe reduction units must be mounted in locations witheasy accessibility for lubrication maintenance purposes.

7. VentilationWhen the m",l-CYCLO'" Speed Reducer is mounted in aseparate enclosure, be sure that adequate ventilation isprovided.

Correct._ '.'.ll>-j,

Reducer Wail

A-2

lncorrect_ ...l>l

j

ReducerWali

Square And Parallel Correct Method Incorrect Method

GENERAL CONSTRUCTION

Speed Reducer - Horizontal Foot Mount, Single Reduction

t-------9}-----10

·--'19

8-01...-=~_--'""1J'=---.1i

11'Ff.i~f!!===== 8-13~Jr 3-08

I -~-8-03

. ---...------:'H1

-----7

Fig. A·2 Speed Reducer - Vertical Base Mount, Single Reduction

r---------- 58

28

41 --------1

39

46

42---'t(43)

38 -+...-.i..._

35 - -.--------"

..,...-j--l.01 40

Note: For details of oil seals, bearings or gaskets, refer to A-l i ~ 13.tReier to Table A-16 on Pg. A·S for units which require a positive displacement pump.~Pt. No. 58 - frame sizes 6195·6275 only; PI. No. 59 - frame sizes 6205-6275 only."See Fig. A-3, Page A-4; f See Fig. A-4, Page A-4.

Table A-i. Speed ReducerMain Parts

Part No. Part Name

1-01 Slow Speed Shaft wipins

1-04H Oil Seal Collar-Horizontal1-._.--------------11-06 810w Speed Shaft.~?I!~.r..~ _ _.2-01 Ring Gear Housing

...?..:9:?_..~........!3.~9..§..?..~.~.:_P..:.:in....:s:....'-------12-08 Ring Gear Rollers

2-04 Cyclo Disc

-.?~2E.~C.?J:Rii29........_. -l3·01 High Speed Shaft

j--------"-_.:..-_-----~---

3-02 Bearing C-'--=-.....:::...:...:.:..---"'------------3-03 Bearing 0

3-04 Eccentric Bearing AssembJ.Y....-

_..~:.Q..s.__.. Eccentric Key·'3-06 Balance Weight

3-07 Spacer

3:.2~.__ Spacer3-09 Spacer

3-10 Retaining Ring

3-1 1 Reta.-~~~.\!....!3.i~.Q..._... _._. _3-13 Collar ---_._-..._----

T 5-01 Intermediate Shaft w/Pins

t~~~~r.:i:2QE.. .. _.._....._. __f 5-03 Bearing G

f_?:.Q~.... ...§_~::!".0.!.11::._E3_~.~:2 g A,:;sernbly6 Gasket Set------_._-~---_...._..'"'............_~-,._..

7 Casing Nuts & Bolts

_..10.... Fan Cover

11 Fan Key_ .._---.--....._----12 Bolts For S8 011 Seal Housing

_11.._ Bolts, SP..?-cer~..Eor ~an Cover14 Plug

t!.~......... Grease Nipple18 Slow Speed Output Oil Seal

19 High Speed Input Oil Seal

~__._._J:1E.':~zo0tal Oil ~~~9..usif!.L.....26 Horizontal Case

~---(?.~-~~!'.'~.g"---------l29 Oil G~~ile-I::J~~i~?0.!~.I ..!:J.0.i.t..__35 ......_...y?!.!ioal Oil Seal Housing38 Verticai Case (Integral If Type)

39 Oil Gauge--Vertical Unit

40 Camj---------._--_ _._ _-- -41 Piping Set & Oil Signal

42 ~I~:Q~LE'ulll.e.._. --143 Positive Displacement Pump

46 Drain Plug

T55 Intermediate Cover

'1'57 Eye Bolt

'58 Oil Slinger

'59 Spacer

A-3

GENERAL CONSTRUCTION

. . A-3 Speed Reducer/Single DiscTy (Frame Size 6060*6095)

2-04

Fig. A-4 Speed Reducer/Double Reduction

Speed Reducer - Single Disc8M"CYCLe'" single reduction, Models No. 6060,,6090,employ the use of a single planetary gear (CycloidDisc) and a balance weight.

Multiple Reduction ReducersMultiple reduction SM-CYCLO® Reducers are a combination of standard reduction mechanism assembliesconnected using an intermediate shaft (Part No. 5-01)and intermediate cover (Part No. 55) between them.

Table A-'2.. Frame Sizes and Ratio Combination of Double Reduction ModelsFrame Size Combination Reductton Ratio Combination

Frame 'I' Second i First Frame Second First Second FirstSize , Stage I Stage Size Stage Stage Total Stage Stage

j060DA! 6060 L§.9.§.9 "6165DC 6165 6125 ..... Ratio Rat~?..,,,.....}3"a.:!!~_6065DA i 6065 i 6065 61700A! 6170 .,.."..~ __104 13 8

]j070DA' 6070 I 60§:, 617008 I G170 ·•· ..·6"fOtr.. · 121 fih

'''''-'''1''1''-'G075DA. 6075 [6065'i3fi6i5c 6170 6125 143 13 11

~QA..:. 6090 I 6075 ::I1.I.$.[}~.\_.§,175 6085 ~~~ 1155 ~3.r-=·

~9..~?.!?.C\ ~., .99..~.1 6075 61750B I 6175 6105 ._ii.~9.I2C\.L.. ,,§,,1..9.9 I 6075 ~Q:<2.J 6175 6125 231 21 11

61050;\! 6105 ! 6075 ...£!-a.gP.~....l_i:l_1J:l9 6105 ..:::::I!?" 21 1361200A i "6'"126 i 6075 618008 I 6180 6135 318''''''29 11

6'126DB-t"6T2'6" ! 6085 6185DAr"'61'~5-" 6105 ,,177 "?Q 1 Cl

6125'DA1'61'25....-1·"....;6075 6'18508 61'8:'5 6135 473 43 11612508 6125'-'i 6095 61800A 1....··6190·_.. sm tlb\1 43 13

61 n OOA -61'50"'-1 6075 "it6'"008T "'6190"- "'·6135 649 59 1161 ~OO~ I i3136,,·tjQ:~~-= 61950A I 6195"· ... "'<f125 731 .. _JI:::::::: :=J.z.........6130DC I 6130 ! 6105 619508 I 6195""61"35- 841 29 _.?-2...-

-Ej'13S[IA 6135 i 6075-- ""6205DA I 6205 6125...... 1003 59 " .....:t2_.61'350B 6135 1 6095 . 62050B' 6205 i3'1"35"'" 1247 ~J " ?.§l ".-'61'3'5DC 6'135 i 5105'" 62150A 6215 [_·6'1'35..··" 1479 8"1 '17-&'1'40'5".4"" 6140 1i3O'75-' '-':;;'1o;nR R:>1>; I RiR"i.... 1849 48-·43·........·

3'Esi:i2f3 61401 6095 6225DA 6225 6135 .........?QE.JE"" 59 356140DC 6140 1 6105 bL~bUd O.Gt:::o 0 10 ~37 59 43

~~:§~:::fr:..·.:.·.:..:.~.::~f:5°"· II 6~~~~ ~~~~i-l 66'22~55 661

168

°5" _...}9.1~-I 87 ~~, __ ' 1 v -,:'3

4" 44'~"71.._.J· _58~97::"""""+---=c:::""'-l

61450C 6145 +6105 '6245DAr'62'45 6165 .. I 51616ODA" ......'61"60...·::::~~ 62450B..j...:::~.?j5 6185 ~~~J 87 58

61600B 6160'j 619..2- 62550A I 6255 6175 ~J7 "".. 87 716'1600C 6160....1-·"6125 6255081''''62'55' [ 6195 7569 87 876165DA! 6i6S"'-j'" 60"95- ..... -~~=-='----1616506 6165 i 6105 ~~~~~~ ~~~~""I-~~ Note: [1] 6~,~~~~:n~i~~:g~2~~~~~ ~~ ~~~f~st :t~~~~~ti~~ ~~.

A-4

A--,.

55 - c:;_J.. ,56 __

2-02-1····~······2::'OS:=1·;.:;::·"·;.:;·,,··;.:;·····.::..::·...::..::;.:;-l::::---J-

2-01-1 .....lll1.tJ--.,........y

2-04-1 -'-~pHftb::Jl

56---12-05-1 _

1-06-'r:(f.f-···---"'

···············12-·--.""1-Q2 ----'"

35--""""'"18 ----.<"

""-"'--"1:04)4V'~""""'=

1-u5V1-01 ----~

3-13 ---- -----....-"9II'f;T-h1<r3-08 ___

··..··_·_·..·_·..·~_·····_··· ..2-04-2· _ =]::j~~:;--;;~M~~2-02-22-o5-2=:::==::::t±$~12-04-2 -----kH11l;

---··2.-o1~··------"'1

2-03-2

---19~--8

-&-13-6-03

-5-11

~~""--- 5--05

,-- 5-01--5--Q4

"'--- 5-07._--,- 5-09

"'~~:':;;:'::"::&::02

-- 5-10~ &--01

DETAIL A

A-4.1

m.m-----·---Siow-SpeedShaftAssembly·

Reduction Parts Sub-Assembty

·•..···,·,····,_···_·····_··H.H. ....H._.-Hlgh..Speed._S..ha.ft...A.$§~.m;QJy

Intermediate Shaft Assembly

A-4.2

,PART:# PART DESCRIPTION

1-01 SLOW SPEED SHAFT WITH PIN1-02 BEARING A

---1-03 BEARlNGB--------------------·--·-----------·----·---

1-MV OIL SEAL COLLAR - VERTiCAL1-oSV KEY - VERTICAL1-00 SLOW SPEED SHAFT ROLLERS

2-01-1 ~.GGEAR HOUSING2-01-2 .1B!!iG GEAR HOUSiNG2-02-1 RING GEAR PINS

- ... - ... ----------- .. 2-"02-"'-2 RING GEARP1NS--.,·---··--·~-----···-_·--'

2-03-1 RING GEAR ROLLERS2-03-2. RING GEAR ROLLERS

___ . ."__"__,,. .. . ...._..... 2-04-1 CYCLO DISC2-04-2. CYCLO DISC2-0&-1 SPACER RING2.-O$-2. SPACER RING3-01- HiGH SPEED SHAFT .... -

3-02.. BEARING C3-03 BEARING 0

".., _. .. _.' ,~ ECCENTBlC..eEARINGASSEMBLY3-05 ECCENTRIC KEY3-06 BALANCE WEIGHT

3-10 RETAINtNG RING.- , _. __" _ _,~11 _.. RETAINiNG QtM~

3-13 COLLAR3-14 KEYs-.o1 INTERMEDIATE SHAFT WITH PiNS

.... --.--.... -- .........-- ... -s:;::()2, ..... BEARINGF

s-.os BEARING G5-04 ECCENTRIO BEARING ASSEMBLY (1)

-... ......................-s...oS... ECOENrRIC KEY5-07 SPACER&-08 SPACER5-09 SPACER

~ ".-- -.-,..,..__., ,.- ~,_.,-,.---- ..~~,--, .._._-..~ ,., .-. '-&:'10""'--"" F{EfA1NtNG"'R'lNa

5-11 RETAlNING RING (2)5-13 INTERMEDIATE SHAFT ROLLERS

,~w~.,",,'~',e,%, --"'~a·"·,-·· HIGH·SPEEO·ENDSHIELD12 BOLTS FOR SS OIL SEAL HOUSING18 SLOW SPEED OUTPUT OIL SEAL

3S VERTiCAL CASE (iNTEGRAL V TYPE)5 lNTERMED~TEOOVER

CYCLO@ 6000 Speed Reducers

Lubrication

Cyclo Reducers are either Grease lubricated or Oil lubricated.

It Grease lubricated reducers are filled with grease prior toshipment and are ready for installation and operation

'on IUbi.CaLee: 'GUdGeIS iiidSl be fiiled veilll tile PiOPCIa.sneet, it @If a\!J151 0 J eel ell bore: e i. islai!atiol. di Ie! opciUlion

• Lubrication methods (grease ei""'ei+) are specified forCyclo driven at standard input speed.

OilFilILevel~~

Oil Sight Gauge ---------- '

. , " :':. , . :' ':~' '.' - "". . '., , , .,

For consistent us~ In' ambient tempera~Jres outside of tile range 32'F to104'F (0'Cto40~q. consult/actory.

For use in \-\-inter or relatively low amt)j,:",ent temperatura..., use the lower viscosity oil specifiedfor eachambienttemperature range;

When ihe Cyclo reducer will be usOOunder widely nuctua~ng temperaturesor ambient tSlllpertltures (other thanthose listed here) or any oth!!r specialcondruons, consult the factory.

BP Oil

Energol®GR-XP 68

Energol®GR-XP 220

-XP 320GR-

Energol®GR-XP 100GR-XP 150

32 to 95 Ot035

14t041 -10t05

Ambient TemperatureOF °C

Approved GreasesGrease lubricated reducers are filled with grease prior to shipment andare ready for installation and operation. This information is provided formaintenance purposes.

Ambient Temperature Cyclo

OF °C Shell Oil

14t0122 -101050Shell Alvania® Grease 2

(NLGi Grade #2)

5.2 Technical Information ,,!?S~ITgME! Cyclo·6000 Series

CYGLO® 6000 Speed Reducers

Lubrication continued

VERTICAL Mounted Reducer· SINGLE Reduction 41 Frame Sizes 6060 to 6275

Frame Size 3 5 6 8 11 13 15Reduction Ratio

17 21 25 29 35 43 51 59 71 87 119

Maintenance Free Grease

Oil

Forced 011

VERTICAL Mounted Reducer· DOUBLE Reduction 41 Frame Sizes 6060DA to 6275DA

5987

;lIf

Frame Size

6060DA, 6065DA6070DA, 6075DA6090DA, 6095DA6100DA, 6105DA6120DA, 6120DB6125DA,6125DB6130DA, 61250A6130DB, 6135DB6130DG,6135DC

6140DA,6140DB,61400C6145DA,6145DB,6145DG

6160DA, 6165DA6160DB,6165DB61700A,61750A6170DB,6175DB61aODA,6185DA

----6f60jjG~6f65iiG---·-

6170DC, 6175DC6180DB,6185DB6190DA, 6195DA61900B,61950B6205DA, 6205DB6215DA, 6215DB62250A,6225DB6235DA,6235DB6245DA, 6245DB6255DA, 6255DB

6265DA6275DA

5.4 Technical Information

Reduction Ratio104 121 143 165 195 231 273 319 377 473 559 649 731 841 1003 1015 1247 1479 1849 2065 2537 3045 3481 4437 5133 6177 7569

25375133

aintenance Free Grease

Grease

"1f.§Y,,1':1!I9M2 Gyclo"6000 Series

LUBRICATION

29,43,59,87 TOP216HA-VB3

All reduction ratios TOP204HA-VB3

0,75kW4P

OAkW 4P

24.0

6.0

Max. Pressure,--_-I<.,f,cm2

8

16

LUBRICANTSGrease Lubricated ModelsThose units defined in Tables E-1 - E-4 as being grease lubricated are filled with grease prior to shipment to thecustomer and are ready for use. .

Table E-G. Standard Greases[3j

6

Mobilgear<'630,632633,634

(ISO VG 220-460)

Spartan"EP220EP320EP460

32t0950t035

Notes: [1] Consult the factory when using an inverter.[2] A relief valve (Pressure set at 3 kgf/cm2) is a standard attachment in the trochoid pump.[3] Avoid the use of grease other than shown in Table E-6.[4] Consult the factory in advance when the drives are to be used under widely fluctuating temperatures or ambient temperatures other than

those listed in Table E-6, or any other special conditions. .[5] When using another manufacturer's motor, please foilow the Instruction Manual or the nameplate attached to the motor by that

manufacturer.[6] For use in winter or relatively low ambient temperatures, use the lower viscosity oil specified for each ambient

temperature range. .'.[7] For consistent use in ambient temperatures other than 32°F-104°F (0'C-40'C), please consult the factory.

-_._--,-_._-----_._--------Lubrfca..n~

Q~e~$$LUbriGpte(1l\!1bdels.thos~ mo~els Ii~~~d if! T!'lQil;~ A·$ , A-6 as. gre?selubricated are filledwittlgrease before shipment to thecustomer a.fH:l ar~ ready for u~e.

Dquble Reduction

Replenishment and Change GuideiinesA¢Rlenish, grea?'6 lq ~\ie reguQ~on !11i?9.hanipm 1/3 to 1/2 ofthe ql)atJ~itY listed in Ta\)le A·S 0r A..,:T 0 for the fir$t reductiQnsta$e at the ItrtelVal recommendecl in 1'abie A~8

When the. unit is disass.embled for 6vethauHng. refill withtM greft$e qtIWltiti~s' indicated in TablE!, A·S Of A-l 0 Ori3lt~trta,Uvefy, 800tf, of the spa06 a,('dund th~ r~dl1.cl:ib!lmechanism and slow ~peed shaft beatings of sjngli\fr~q~cflbh units. ~il9 50% ,woWJQ the f~dQcifqn m.echi'i.l1i~rn<:?f both trlE? first $lid S~GOrid $tag~ of double reduction units

$ifghtiy I~~et qUl,inttlies m!"Yl:11i] ?QPpli~9 to lower ~d\;lctlonratio ·ll'i'lltS,.ai1tl ;Somewhat smafler quarltittes fo:ttlighfE1dlfG¥ion f-p.tio unITs.- .

0 ··',.' "<) '.".' . .-.. ..

,-----,----- .

Table A';"l. Standard Greasesl:iJ

Shell A!itail,iSl'"Grease'2

. .,' (NLG\ Gracie Ii2),_...._._...._-_ ....- .......__.....,.,.__......__. _._---'----

Every at;.oooHq~ orEv"ry~.Y~~ ...~_

Less Than iO'Hours Per bay , E' .S· l> M theo iirrifitiri Vl3!y •. " on s

1.0 - 24 Hours Par :pay 0p$ratio!l I Evei)' 600 - 10(m .Speed RE1dJcar M~chariism, HIg,h .Spees! ~haft BaarinQI> (SPeed tYJ;lry 2- 3 YearsR-eclucer TYP~) . '.SloW Speed Sil;ft'i37a:tings'"-''' 'B:e;y"i:;"~ ye;;;:;;--.._·_·_.._ ....·..•..-

Apply' grl%lse npEjlraily to the Cf>tltra! fifl!t (i.e., arouhd theeC,centrio bef;!rlngs} of iAie mechanism. Apply grease to both

. the slow speed and high speed shatt bearings as you wouldto 9rdinary be~r!ng.$ i"t the timeof r'?"a$~efi1Ply

Uexcessiye grease is addE,ld, agitation.pl:'atlng of the,- g!ef;t~e

wft! ral$$ t!1e'operattf\g ~ernp?raty.r'e of the Uf'iit Ailgjdexcesslve greasing, but do not SL.'Pply an ibsuffibierit amountof gt~?se WI'lt¥'l tf(~ grease- i$ [nsW!191enJ, i~ Will, talS€) tn€llInif~ Qp,~ra~ln9: t~mp.e.r9-tur~ pue to l;lreakdown qf theItibrieaJioii filhi's on the e,ccehtfic beating. !~ thi~ cf'\se, if tMpp,e(9.ting fernj:ler;iture rls~, ?upj5ly grease ithl)1$dia.~'Iy.

laple A"g" $ingle R.edl,l(?iion ~reqse Ql1~ntities:""' o~. (g,,) .-==",-",·"..,.,-==,==".'r'

Speeli R.ecluctlQn Mecl1ariistJl'-ll:. .....:..."....."..;;;.. -+-_.,.,.:..,:"-,-'_+Slow Sp.eed $haft l?ear1ng.~...... ..........__.........

Notes: [1} AVoid Ihe use ~f grease. Ciner than shown in Table: A-7.[219£<h.st!lt the faotgry whenth!idriYes are ,J;lsed under widely fluctuating ~mperatures, ambient temperatures other than those listed in

Tao.la I)q; or i¥Jy owl'..sp,ec!?ol ~6nqitiqt\s. .' . .[3Jf3{~gf~ Hidl,lction fr~~!l ~~es 6P\'lQ ... ~12'1-'t !ind~bble r'ed!-,q~9n fr~n'J~ ~iz~s 606pDA _. f3:12fjDB ?-C" [liain~el1anp!, fr.li$ \.Inlt~. G'rr:<lSIl

rep'ler\ishrr~i"!l is..n~t.Mcf;~~ '{I1ji~f(llq(1g~t!if!'lof-tl)e,Qri\l?~ ej(psCl'ild oOt re-ll.!bticilJinfi"is prefarret! betqre toe f§cqmmendeq.interval, referlo Tebles-A-7, A·8..A-9-andA.'!O.. '. .

[416yerhauhngconsis!$ of·disassemb1ing'·\he unit, repiacing tile sealsand gaskefs; cleaning the internal parts and then r.epacking the uoit. . vli'lh designated Qrease.. . ..' , ". .

A-7

LUBRICATION

Table A~1O. Double Reduction Grease Quantities - oz. (g.)

Frame Size 6060DA 16070DA 6090DA 61000A I6i200A 6120D8 6i30DA 1613008 6i300C 6140DA!6140D8 6140DC._....__. ~1_60.65DA I 60750A 6095DA 61050A 6125DA 612506 6..~.~~~i.?_1~35~0_B__+_6-13-5~0~C.__~.!~§OAI 614508 6145DC

Speed Reduction 0.9 3.2 0.9 I 3.2 4.9 0.9 J3.2 4.9~~nis.!!!.-,(,-1s_t_S_ta..:::g-,e),--!_~__.__.._.....,.--,(,--25.:..!.)---;__---;__---L---o(9..:-0-,-)-+---,-(2-,5~)--,-._(:..9:...0:~)_. (140) (25). _ ..:..(9_0,--)--,--,(_14_0":"')-iSpeed ReductIon 0.9 3.2 4.9 I 11.6 15.9Mechanism (2nd Stage) (25) (90) (140) _..(.~.0.9.!.__+-- ._....._---,(,--45_0-,-) .. .._._

Slow Speed Shaft 1.2 (130·50)·j 4.21I 10.6Bearing (2nd Stage) (35) (120) (300)

I 61600A 1616008 6i600C 61700A 1[6170D8 61700C 61800A 618006 61900A 619006 6205DA 620508~_ra_m_e_s_iz_e L~~.?5DA I 6165DB 61650C 617_~_~~.....?_~7_5_D_B-+--6_17_5_D_C-+--6_18_5_0_A+_6_18_5_D_B-+--61_9_5_D_A-+-6 _19§P"~ " +-_--ISpeed ReductIon I 3.2 I 4.9 11.6. 3.2 I 4.9 11.6 4.9 15.9 11.6 15.9 11.6 115.9~~9.~_~.~!~~n (1st Stage) ,(90) (140) (330) (90) ",,_",L~t~O) (330) (140) (4?.S).~~(,-33~0-,-) -,--,(4_5_0,-)..l..-{,-3~g) ! (450)Speed Reduction 26.5 35.3 38.8 52.9~.:..':.~!~~.E~_St_ag~,--) -t-- .:..(7_50_,)_ _ __t-__--O..(1_0_00.:..!.)_ _ __,.-_-l-(1_10_0-'-)_---1__.__ _---"(.;..:15:..;.0.:..:0)'-- ---1Slow Speed Shaft 10.6 17.6' 21.2 24.7Bearing (2nd Stage) (300) (500) (600) (700)

Frn~S~ ~~_D_A_I~6_2_15_D-B~_~_2_5_0-A~6-~_5-D-8-+-6-2-35_D-A~-~-3-5-00_~-6_~-5-0-A_~6_2_4-5D-B~_6-~-5_D-A~I-6-2_~~J ~~MSpeed Reduction 15.9 ! 26.5 15.9 35.3 26.5 38.8 26.5 38.8 35.3 'I 52.9_~.~chanism (1st8tage) (4521 I (750) 1-~(4:....50~)~~(1_0 ...00_)...._(?50) (1100) (750) (1100) (1000) (1500L__Speed Reduction 70.5 88.2 141.1 158.7 211.6' 282.2M~E.~'.:_~!sm (2nd Stage) (2000) (2500) _1~0001. I_--'-(4-5-00-'-)-_+-- - i6000) '(8000)Slow Speed Shaft' 28.2 31.7 35.3 38.8 42.3 i 45.9Bearing (2nd Stage) (800) (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) I (1300)

Fig. A-5

Oil Level GaugeThe gauge must be replaced when it becomes d'check the oil level due to discoloration of the' hose.Use the standard vinvl oil gauge for a red' operating inambient temperature'-4°F to 100°F (- to 40°C), Wherethe reducer is used at ambient temg tures greater than100°F (40oq or less thall-4°F' " 0q, a glass gauge setor a dipstick is recommendedThe oil level gauge can b ttached on either side of thecasing on horizontal l ] : • Attach on the side that is mostconvenient for che ,g the oil level. (The oil level gauge isusually attache n the right side when viewed from theslow speed aft end.)

Mobil OilGUlf Oil

tes: It] Use trle lower viscosity oil speCified for each ambient temperature range for use in winter or relatively low ambient temperature..12j Please consult the factory for consistent use in ambient temperatures otl1er than 32"F - 104°F (OOe " 40°C).

AmbientTemperatureI1.'!

OF °C

Table A~11. Standard Oils

Oil I ProcedureOillubric models are not filled with oil prior to shipping.Before start- remove the oil fill plug (See Pg. A-3,Fig.A..2, Part #~ and fill the reducer with recommendedoil. Refer to Tablev -11-A-14 for standard oil, allowableviscosity, quantity, an hange interval. The oil level mustbe to the upper red line he oil level gauge while the unitis not operating, and above " 0 lower red line duringoperation. If too much oil is s led, the unit's operatingtemperature will rise due to the c ing heat of the oil, oroil will leak across the high speed sli oil seal.Before Wilng a vertical base type unit wit I '1, remove thevent plug (Pg, A-3, Fig, A-2, Part #14). Afte . ling, applyteflon sealing tape to threads of the vent plug l:l reinstalling.When draining oil, remove drain plug (Fig. A-5, Part #lower side plug of the oil level gauge.

EP Lubricant I Mobilgear" 626 Omala" Oil14t041 -10t05 H068 ' (IS0VG68) 68 GR-XPo

EP LDub1r~'''~.-;lt "1"'" Spartan'" '" . JI Energol"32 to 95 1 Qto 35 EP 100 MobHgear' 627,629 Omala" Oil GR..XP 100EP 150 (ISO VG 100,150) 100,150 GR·XP 150

......-..- ->0._._- -".".._-_.- -.-----1EP Lubricant Spartan" Mobilgear~ Energol'"

HD 220 EP 220 630,632 Omala"Oil GR-XP 220HO 320 EP 320 633, 634 220,320, GR-XP 320HO 460 EP 460 (ISO VG 220-460) 460 GR-XP 460

A-8

BEARINGS, OIL SEALS, GASKETS

Fig. A·9

Table A·20. Slow Speed Shaft BearingSI6w Speed Shaft High Speed Shaft

6090,6095 i-'--- ......._. 6610090000AA"..66_..01.p9.....5§.oD_AA.._ ··_--..···..·T_-...--......66.~-_ ...... ·--6100, 6105. 610H . ... r--·_···.. 61"1'0;6115 I - ! ---:63~----j---~c--_'

6120,6125, 612Ff··-· ··- ..·f-......-·.. 6i20DA, 6125DA, 612008, 612508·_····..··....··1..·..- """63~,..----+----,'3E----J·· .... ··· ..·6130.6135 . e13Ol57(61350'A-61;l9P8, 613508, 61300C, 61350C, 62

--i3T40;·iH;'l5-:!31"'i"H 6140DA, 6145DA, 614008,614508, 61400C, 61450C! 22216160,61'65"-- 6160DA, 6165DA, 616008, 6165DI§·,"61600C, 61650C 3TM-66170,6175 .-.-.. -'6TioiS'A: 61750A, 617008, 617508, 6170DC:6175i5C-f--~62:2""1E~"'-'---+-----o;~=----I

..·····-..-_···..·..6180, 6185 --S180DA;-6185DA, 618008, 618508 621"6190;'6T9'tr' .__._1 61900A, 6195DA, 619008,619508 622 '<lR(1)

6205 62050A, 6205D8 .-.-.-....--- 222206215 ------jI"""'__- -._ ·· - ·-"'!·-~1 -OA. 6 1 OB ..-

--....--6225'--..·......-·

Frame SizeSin Ie Reduction..·..·--..-·,--...:..:.:==-::.:.:=..--=D-o-ub,.-,j,....e-=R,....e-cd-uc-ct,-io-n--_ - - -=--..,.--,--=-~~~-=-=..=.::;-:-::--=--=-.....,..."..,...~

6060 6065 6 OOA, 6065DA

}-. -'6""2~3:;:_5_-_-t__-•.•_-...._.62451------..6255'----+-----

~·65-----+.....-------~~rr-.- ..-.-...-.._----jl---~~~~:=-----+----'-..=6275

Table A-21. High Speed Shaft Bearing

_ .. _._..__-,-- ..:..F.:.:ra:::.:ln:..:.;e=-=.Si:.::z.::e..__ -----------JlIc-;;:--..,-- Hiqh Speed ShaftBearing·C" \ Bearing 0 I Eccentric !

Single Reduction Double Reduction Part #3.02 I Part #3.03 Part #3.04 IQty.6060, 6065 ....Q.QQ.QP:0J..3.Q!35DA 6070DA, 6075DA - - -

2

6070,6075 ' .. 6301 63012 607YXX...._"""'I!!M'!""I!!!'ll!l'!!!"""'_ P--.- - - @iS@I!I;';; 81SiiiM:, &; iQ6il1, C1 iGIi?-~ - - '-~~~m~~~!fL~~~~1f£~~~1-..._ .......2.~.2.':..<-"o""\.uo"""-::---+-----:::-61T';2C'0~""D"'B-, 6""'1'""2'"'SO=B,''''''6 f3'6b"'8'C'","6:71S;:;;5=-'0"'B',-;:;"6"14';";0"'0""8',;:;C6':;-:14;-;:5""D"'B-,_+f'--:::

ovu.",r

6090,6095 6160DA, 6165DA, 61'i'00A, 61750A 6302 8H2 63 22 Refe to6100.. 6105,610H 61300C, 61350C, 61400C, 61456c,-6166i3B~.-;::6:716·;:;;5::;:O;-;:B',+---lI--+---I-- Table -22

617008J...,9175DB. 61800A. 61G5DA 6302 8H2 63 22 I..-_·_···6Ti·[:&1-..L-;::-5.-- - - - +..;_-~_-~~;;,-:::;-:c;;;:-;==:::-;;::-....".,.,=~-::7:==-~=;=;c;-_-+-"'63::c::O:=2-'FS=H~-j_ _I3.~. ?.~ J 61mS, 1GSS

6120. 6125,612H 61£ODG, 6165DC. 6170DO, 61750C, 6i900A, 63 4 ! 63 5Z I6195DA,6205DA

6't30,6135~,6225DA

6305 6306Refer to

TableA...224l , 14b, 14M _..•.•'?~I:J.~':!_ _ -;;tk'::-j\.V~t_-l

.......... 6160.6165, 616H 621SD'21..9.g?.?.Q.&..\:>.g4.?.Q.6 6307R 6308c--··-"-··6T70~·6175 6255DA,625508 6406 6407-·......... 617Y?(; .........f-..................13.180, 6185 . -···.........···f······.. ·· 623508.624508 6407 6409 618YSX 2

6190 61°5 ==1 62550B,.§265D6,..p.?.l~DA ··64'68········· 6411 ,619Y8X 2!--..-·~26·;:-~·-- I NJ310EV7 1-2T3fiVf--' ""--'620GXX 2/-----6:;::'2::-71-::.c~-··--··- · ·1-·_ ·--·- ---- - - - NJ311EV16 21311V1 621G-XX :2

....._-... 6225 I '-N,J312EV11 21312V1 622GXX 2··-....·····..·......·..·· ..·6235 Nj3f3"EV11·-· ·..·..··'2T3"f4Vi 623GXX 2---·..··..6245..·····.. N,J314EV7 21315V1 ·····--S24GXX 2

6255 '-'-'1 .._-_·_..······_··..·..·..·....·..·..··..·TU316EVI 21318Vl 625GXX 26265 J ""'."" "" NJ31iE\i1' 21318V1 i 626GXX 2

j---'~6275-- NJ417 222228LT..···T·· .. ·627GXX --i~

Nole: [1] For grease lubricated models, a sealed bearing should be used, which ohanges the follOWing letters in the part nUlnberto those shown inbold: NR (Std.) - ZNR; NXR - ZNXR; None _. add Z.

A-11

BEARINGS, OIL SEALS, GASKETS

3-03 193-02 3-04

~RetajningRi~9High Speed Shaft

5-035-02 5·04

,1~'1 ,

• Retaining Ring

Intermediate Shaft(For Double Reduction Units)

18 1-02

Slow Speed Shaft

Table A-22. Eccentric Bearing

Frame Size-~ ..~.- --"-'

_.. ...High Speed Shaft

~,'~~ ~ ,~rMotor Shaft 6130,6135 6140,6145 616q, 6165Part #3-04 ...... .- ...-

~, Intermediate~ Shaft

Part #5-04 6090DA 6100DA 6120DA, 61250A 6130DA,6 P50A 6140DA,6145DA 6160DA,6165DA

~i6095DA 6'105DA 61200B,612508 613008,6 :;50B 614008,61450B 61600B,616508

61300C,6 35DC 6140DC, 61450C 6i60DC, 61650C

Reduction ~ iRatio '"" ................. ............. -_........... I... ...... -1--......

6 60906YRX 6100608VRX 6120608YRX 61406-11 SX 61406-11YSX 6160608VRX2......__. -_._-..I

... ....... _......._. .........._.~

I..-

8 6090B-15YSX 6100608YRX 6120608YRX I 61406-11 SX 61406-11YSX 6160608YRX2I-_..... ..11 ,~~~~ . i ~. ,

" - ~ III61406-11 YSX 61406·'11 YSX I 61611-'15YSX- --_........._.. ... -_..

!13 60908-15YSX 6101H5YRX 6121317YSX I 61413-17YSX 61413-17YSX 61611-15YSX_ .........- .__... _.........-......... "..\15 60908-15YSX 61011-15YRX 6121115YSX 61413"17YSX 61413-17YSX 61611-15YSX

..~....._H!~~_ 'H'" ..-I

... __•••HH__••••___ ,..........,.i -

17

I60917YSX 61 o'17YSX 6121317YSX 61413..17YSX 61413-17YSX i 61617-25YSX!_.... ..-

6142i'25YSX .\.... 6142125YSX .._....1... 61617..25YSX21 60921YSX 61021YRX 61221YRX.". ····r..·a092529YSX...- ...

25 6102529YRX 6122529YSX 6142i25YSX i 6142125YSX 61617..25YSX

29 ...·-~9YSX..- ". "" ..-

I 6102529YRX 6122529YSX 6i42935YSX I 6142935YSX 6162935YSXI1----.......r--e093SYSX 1-......·61 035YR~.

-.......... -1--- ...

35 61235YRX 6142935YSX 6142935YSX 6162935YSX- .. _.....

43 60943YSX I 61043YSX 61243YSXI

61443-59YSX 61443-59YSX 6164351YSX1---..... .... __··.·H.·" .....- ........... ...-

51 60951YRX .... J 61 051 YRX 61251S9YSX 61443·59YSX 61443-59YSX 6164351YSX..-..__._.... .....,."-"T

_. _....... --59 60959Y8X 61059YRX 6125159YSX 61443-59YSX 6i443-59Y8X 6i659YSX- -- .....

J...__......................-

71 60971YRX 61071YRX 6127187YSX 6147187YSX 614718'7YSX 6167iYRX2..~- .......... .._._.~ - H .............. .-87 609S7YSX 61087YRX I 6127187YSX 6147187YSX 6147'187YSX i 61687YSX

.....- -_. I .....119 609119YSX I 610119YSX ... - - ! ...

j

Bearing No. stamp.ed lon Surface

:, o',)S':'"'' .~

Eccentric Bearing Single TypeFrameSlzes

Eccentric Bearing Double TypeFrame Sizes

Eccentric And Bearings For EccentricFrameSlzes

A-12

Table A~23. Intermediate Shaft Bearing1

Intermediate Shaft Intermediate Shaft--Frame Size Bearing F Bearing G

Eccentric Frame Size Bearing F Bearing GEccentric

Bearing Qty. Bearing Qty.Part #5-02 Part #5-03 Part 415·04 Part #5-02 Part #5-03 Part #5·04

6060DA. 6065DA 6301 6909 6D7YXX 1 6180UA,61850A._ 6,Uf 0: J8 6H:l' ,x" .....r--_.~-'~~'-"-

..~~?.9E~, 6075DA 6301 I 6909 ! 607YXX 1 618008,618508 6 07 6 3 618" X 2j' •._-

6090DA, 6095DA 63D2RSH2 6007 6190DA,6195DA 6 08 6 0 619\ X 21-'---.-'-''-...... --_.._....~._- _....·M.__..·

619Y61 DODA. 6105DA 6302RSH2 6007 6190D8, 6195D8 6 08 6 3 pX 2..__......._-NJ3 o'E'V?'--! 6: S20G I61200A,6125DA 6304 6001 62050A 0 X 2'.---- 1'-"-" i6120D8.6125DB 6304 6205 62050B NJ3 OEV7 6 0 620(; X I 2...

I

~~1B ~f\2iC' (X ?..~~300A, 6135DA I 6305 6007 ! Refer to

6130DB,613508 6305 6206 ! Table A-221 622GXX 2

1----- .61300C. 6135DC 6305 6206 62350A, 623508 NJ313EV11 6314 623GXX 2... I6140DA. 6145DA 6305 eOO? 62450A NJ314EV7 6315 624GXX 2________••c............___ -_.61400B,614508 6305 6206 6245D8 NJ314EV7 6316 624GXX 2

6140DC, 6145DC ' 6305 6206 62550A!6255D·Br"'NJ316§'y~_._. 6318 625GXX1

2i II._"_.__........~~

---~

6160DA, 61650A6307R

62650A NJ317EV1 6320 626GXX 26207 ... '

..61 t?0OB.616508 6275DA NJ417 22220RH 627GXX 2....~.

I...- ....._.._........-

B1600C, 6165DC 6307R 6208,..----_._-_........- -_...~ .....~.-61700A, 61750A

6406 6207 6'17YSX 2 ---_...61700B,6175D8 I1--------- ...__...... ...--...........

!_..'--

6i700C, 61750C i 6406 6208 617YSX 2 1

Table A·24. Oil Seals

Slow Speed Shaft Part #18 High Speed Shaft Part #19-_._.._.._...- ... _.._...._....._....-.._..-,-

Frame Size Dimension (mm) Qua_~_!!!y L_..,t:?!~~sion (mm)Typ,I' W) Quantity

. . x . . x Shaft Shaft . . x . . X

BORO SOR!"

6070, 6075 o i 30 x 47 x 8 1 S 17 x 30 x 6 ! 1

U .....~~...~ :X8 .~.........._.........._ S l/X 1

6090. 6095 0 50x x12 1 1 S I 20x ox7 i 1- ......_. ._---_ ....6100, 6105 0 50 x x12 1 1 S 20 x ox7 1--.............._..._. ... ~....-_...._._- ........._.. -_.6110.6115 D 55x 8 x12 1 1 S 20 x ::>x7 1....._......... _..........-._.8120 6125 D 65 x9 x13 1 1 0 32 x DXS 1

6130,6135 0 38 x 58 xii I 1......... . ·...1 ...6140,6145 D 65 x 8 x12 1 2 U 38 X 58 X 1.2....._..___".... 1

Px 13I _. .._.....

6160,6165 D 85 x 1 1 2 0 , 55x78x12 I 1_. .._..__..........-... .._-_....._-_..6170,6175 0 95 x 1 x15 1 2 0 I 60x82x12 1

.s x 15..---

6180,6185 0 110 xi 1 2 0 65x88x12 1...._- ...... ._••• M·..···t·_..··_ -_.._...._-- --..-._-6190,6195 D I 120 x.1 5 x 16 1 2 S 70 x88 x 10 1

6205 0 120d f5 x 16 i·-r-··..........2... s 70 x 88 x 10 I 1......- ..........__.~..""',..........

I.-

6215 0

~1 2 S 75x100x13 1

6225 I D 1 2 S 75 x 100 x 13 1-_............._.- - _._.-....--.._---6235_. 0 ~~o x x , 2 S 85 x 110x 13 1...- _...

6245I

0 170x 200 x 16 1 2 S 95x 120 x 13 1"'.. _._-_.. ........ .

6255 0 190x225)(16 1 2 S 110 x 140 x 14 1......._... ................ \ ,. ... ...6265 0 200 x 240x 20 I 1 2 S 110x140x14 1I

I....

6275 0 I 230 x 270 x 20 1 2 S 120x150x14 1

Nota: [1] 0 Indicates lip (dust proof and seal lip) type.

A-13

DISASSEMBLYIASSEMBLY

DisassemblySM-CYCLO"" Reducers are designed to providemaximum ease when disassembing and reassembling;they require no special maintenance skills.

1. Remove the complete SM-CYCLoe Reducer withadaptor (motorized type) from the driven machine.

2. Remove the plug at the bottom of the oil gauge todrain all oil from the unit

3. Remove the cooling fan cover and fan from thoseSpeed Reducers (not motorized) equipped with acooling fan, and stand the unit on a solid base with itshigh speed shaft side down. Remove the through boltsfor the high speed end shield, ring gear housing, andlift the slow speed side, thus separating the unit intotwo parts so that the inner mechanism can be removed(Figs. A-12 ~ Ai?).

Note: If the reducer is motorized (C-adaptor andcoupling) remove the motor and coupling beforefollowing the procedure outlined above. As a final step,remove the adaptor and cooling fan.

4. If the unit will not separate easily, gently drive awedge at the line X shown in Fig. A-ion page A-3 (ifthis produces a burr, be sure to remove it beforereassembly).

5. To lift the slow speed side, attach an eyebolt to thetapped hole on the end of the slow speed shaft anduse a hoist or chain block (Fig. A-12).

6. Take out the slow speed shaft rollers, item i -06,page A-3 (Fig. A-13). Check the slow speed shaft pins(1 -01) to see whether any rollers have adhered tothem.

7. Using both hands, lift out the top cycloid disc (2-04)on the slow speed side (Fig. A-14).

AssemblySM-CYCLOiJ Reducers are reassembled by reversingthe disassembly procedure. Care must be taken toexclude dust or foreign matter from the moving parts,and to see that gaskets are properly placed to make theassembly oil-tight.

Following are some helpful points to remember whenassembling SM-CYCLO'''' Reducers.

1. Set the ring gear housing and insert the ring gearpins and rollers; then test-rotate the pins and rollers byhand. (Apply grease liberally to the ring gear pins androllers before they are inserted in grease lubricatedSM-CYCLO$ Reducers.)

2. Cycloid discs are a matched pair. Each carries thesame number stamped on one side of the disc.

3. Set the cycloid disc with the stamped number face upas shown in Fig. A-17.

8. Remove the spacer ring (2-05).9. The eccentric (3-04) can be removed from theinput sliaft (3-01) after taking out the retaining ring(3-10) and the inner bearing raceway (Figs. A-iS,A-16).Note: In certain sizes, the eccentric bearings areroller bearings without a retainer. Remove bearings ofthe top disc before proceeding with the next step.1O. Take out the second disc located on the motorside. (Also remove second disc bearings andeccentric with inner bearing raceway if required.)11. Remove the ring gear housing (2-01).12. Follow these steps to remove the slow speedshaft (1 -01) with its bearings from the casing (26): (a)Remove the horizontal oil seal housing (25). (b) Witha wooden or hard rubber mallet, rap the inner end ofthe slow speed shaft to expose the retaining ring"from the outer raceway of the bearing. (c) Removethe retaining ring. (d) Rap the outer end of the slowspeed shaft with a wooden or hard rubber mallet, andremove it tram the casing.i 3. The high speed shaft (3-01) with bearings isremoved from the high speed shatt end shield (8) bytapping the shaft end after tirst taking off the retainingring (3-1i).14. The cycloid disc is made from heat-treatedbearing steel and the spacer ring is cast iron. Takecare not to strike them together while handling.The above instructions cover complete disassembly.In ordinary cases, however, only the removal of thecycloid discs and the eccentric, and removal of theslow speed shaft from the slow speed end cap isnecessary."Note: Retaining ring is part of bearing A

(Part No. 1-02).

4. Insert the spacer (3"07) and then insert theeccentric with bearings by rapping with a wooden orhard rubber mallet (Fig. A-16).

5. Insert the other spacer and the inner bearingraceway. Secure them with the retaining ring(Fig. A-i5).

6. Set the spacer ring in place.

7. Insert top disc in such a way that the mark is1800 opposed to the mark on the bottom disc(Fig. A~13).

8. Insert slow speed shaft rollers (Fig. A-i3).

9. Put the slow speed shaft pins into the rollers (Fig.A-12). The above instructions are for eccentricbearings with retainer. Following are the instructionssuggested for roller bearings without retainer.

a. First insert the eccentric with inner raceways ofbearings by rapping with a wooden or hard rubbermallet

Fig. A-i2 Fig. A-13 Fig. A·14 Fig. A-i5

<>

Fig. A-iS

Note: Insert second disc withnumber fecing slow speed side.exactly 180' opposed 10 numberon first elisc.

Note: Set disc with number facingslow speed side. ------'

Fig. A-i7

b. Apply grease to the raceway of the eccentric on thedisc. Fix the rollers and set disc in place.c. Insert the spacer ring and set second disc in such away that mark is 1800 opposed to mark on the bottomdisc.Eccentric Bearing Replacement PrecautionsThe eccentric bearings are specially designed for installation on 8M-CYCLO'" Reducers. They are specialroller bearings without outer raceways (refer to the listof bearings on pages A-12 - A-13).It is necessary to insert replacement bearings withnumbered surfaces of the inner raceways facingoutward. Note that incorrect insertion of the bearings(Le., insertion of bearings with numbered surfacesinside) causes trouble.Disassembly and Assembly of Sizes 6060-6095SM-CYCLO~) ReducersSmall sizes 6060-6095 have a single disc system, sothey differ in construction from larger sizes in thefollowing ways:1. A balance weight is provided in lieu of the two-discsystem. Refer to figure A-18.2. The balance weight must be positioned exactly 180"as opposed to that of the eccentric.3. There are no end plates on either side of theeccentric. in all other respects, 6060-6095 haveexactly the same construction as the larger sizes.Follow the instructions given under "Disassembly andAssembly".Disassembly Of Output Side (6060-6i2H)1. With casing supported, tap output shaft until it isdisengaged from casing.2. Remove bearing "A" by using pulling tool.3. Replace all bearings, gaskets and seals whenreassembling. (Pages A-11 - A-13).

Assembly Of Output Side (6060-612H)

1. Assemble the "B" bearing (Part 1'10. 1-03) on tile slowspeed shaft (Part No. 1-01). Heating of "B" bearing isI'ecommended for easier assembly.

Note: Do not exceed temperatme of 200"F.

2. Assemble the casing (Part No. 26) over the slow speedshaft (Part No. 1·01), being sure to maintain "X" (Fig. A-18).

3. Carefully tap bearing "AU (Part No, 1-02) onto the slowspeed shaft (Part No. 1-01) until the bearing is flush with theshoulder of the casing.

4. Place the collar (Part No. 1-04H) onto the slowspeed shaft (Part No. 1-01). Heating the collar isrecommended for easier assembly.

5. Insert the oil seal (Part No. 18), lip in, into the casing(Part No. 26).

Note: Measure for dimension "X" preferably in 3 places toinsure proper spacing.

Fig. A-18

X"Dimension (inches)

Frame Size Dimension6060/65 0.046 ± 0.007__ .b_~'_

60701756080/85 0.042 ± 0.007

6090/95 0.046 ± 0.007

6100/05 0.046 ± 0.007fi10H

--1----16110/15/201 0.042 ± 0.007

25,612H

A-15

DAILY INSPECTION

1. Visuafly check the oil level gauge on the verticalunit, forced-lubricated type. Check lubrication flow byviewing piping set and oil signal (Part No. 41). FaUltyoperation is caused by a lack of lubrication oil,damage to the plunger pump (Part No. 42) or thepositive displacement pump (Part No. 43) or theclogging of pipes, etc. In case of faUlty operation, stopand inspect the unit immediately.'

2. A temperature rise of approximately 105°F (40.6°C)abo,ve ambient on the surface of the ring gear housing(Part No. 2-01) is allowable jf the temperature

fluctuation is small. If temperature rises rapidly from astable condition, add the recommended oil or grease(Tables A-7 and A-1i). A rapid temperature rise maybe caused from a lack of lubrication.

If after lubricating unit, the problem persists, stopoperation and consult factory.

3. When an abnormal sound is heard from inside theunit, stop operation and inspect the unit.

4. if the lubrication oil leaks, replace the damaged orworn pali with a new one. (Refer to Part No. 1-04H,Page A-3.)

Ordering Correct Replacement Units Or PartsName Plate on SM-CYCL00The SM·CYCLO~ is fully standardized to offer maximum

part interchangeability among models of the same framesize. However, there are many frame sizes, models andtypes in the production range of SM-CYCLQ0. Thereforeto get correct replacement units or parts. properinformation to identify the speed reducer in question isessential. The name plate, which is secured to the bodyof the drive, provides this identifying data.

Please give the full description shown on the name plateto your distributor. Be sure to include the SERIALNUMBER and MODEL NUMBER. This information,along with our production records, will enable us toprovide you with the correct replacement unit or parts.

MODEL

RATIO

INPUT

OUTPUT TORQUE

SERIAL NO.

SERVICE FACTOR

HP RPM

I~HB

Storage And Operation After StorageStorage 6 Months-1 Year

Oil-Lubricated

1. Completely fill unit(s) with a rust-preventive oil(NP20 or eqUivalent) or a circulating oil (Shell VBl No.100 or equivalent).

2. At approximately 3 month intervals, rotate the inputshaft a sufficient number of times to insure all internalcomponents remain coated. (The higher the ratio, thegreater the amount of rotations needed for properlubrication.)

. Grease-Lubricated

Grease-lubricated models do not require any specialattention during storage. (Inspect unitbeforeoperation.)

Note: For both the Of/-Lubricated and GreaseLubrjcated models, if units are to be stored for aperiod exceeding 1 year, consult factory.

Operation After Storage () Months-1 Year

Oil-Lubricated

1. Completely drain the rust preventive, or circulatingoil from unit.

2. Flush unit with the recommended operating oil asshown in Table A-ii.

3. After flushing, fill the unit to the proper oil level withthe recommended lUbricating oiL

Grease-Lubricated

Add % of the recommended quantity of new grease asshown in Table A·i O.

Note: Consult the factory before operating units storedfor periods greater than 1 year.

TROUBLESHOOTING AND RE IR

This troubleshooting gUide is to help you identify and overcome comrnon problems of reducers. If you have a problemnot listed below, please consult factory.

PROBLEM WITHTHE REDUCER

POSSIBLECAUSES

SUGGESTEDREMEDY

/-------,-------.------.-.-....--..-.-.-+----------+----.-.---------------1

f---------....-----------J..--.-..-------------------j. Replace key.

Check rated capacity of reducer, replace withunit of sufficient capacity or reduce load.

i Check lubricant level and adjust up toi recommended levels.

Wrong lubricant.

Insufficient lubrication.

Load exceeds thecapacity of the reducer.

r-'----------I-------·--~_·----------IIIExcessive lubrication.

FaIlure ofBearings

Worn Disc

ImproperLubrication

Overloading

Overloading of reducer Replace broken shaft. Check rated capacity ofcan cause damage. reducer.

1-------1---------"-----. -- -----------------Key missing or shearedoff on input shaft.

Check lubricant level and adjust down torecommended level.

Flush out and refill with correct lubricant asrecommended.

I Loose Weak mounting Inspect mounting of reducer. Tighten loose bolts

I

I Foundation structure. and/or reinforce mounting and structure.1----------+-----------.._ .._---i ._ ..._~_a.:t_s___+_L_o_os-e-ho-ld-d-o\l\-m-b_?!~~:-.--.._.._..rT_i9_h_t_en_b_ol_ts_. . ---I

Overloading unit may Disassemble and replace disc. Recheck ratedresult in damage to disc. capacity of reducer.

--.--....---.---\------.=........-----+---........:...-....:.----------.----------1May be due to lack of Replace bearing. Clean and flush reducer and finlubricant. with recommended lubricant.

f--t-----.----.-........- ....-----+---------~..----.-------j. Overload. Check rated capacity of reducer, replace with unit

I __.._.; ...__._..__..__ of sufficient capacity or reduce load.

II Ins.ufficient Level of lubricant in the Check lubricant level and adjust to

Lubr'cant red.uce.r not properly fact r ended I vel

I Dama~~d-..Pl~~---- -m-a.-In-ta-l-n-~d-·------+I-D-iS-:-~:~::~~:d rePla:e ~1~9 gear pins and-·-"-·-

I & Rollers Overloading of reducer. rollers. Check load on reducer.I - - - 1-----------+------------------------ ..!

Input ShaftBroken

RunsNoi.sy

Runs Hot

Output ShaftDoes Not Tum

Vent clogged.Clean or replace element, being sure to preventany dirt from falling into the reducer.

-.----------+--------------------1

-_....-._-------+----_.._-----------------j. Overfilled reducer.

OilLeakage

~E?Centrlc L.ack of lubricant. Replace eccentric bearing. Flush and refill with

Beanng Broken recommended lubricant.----_._..j-----------j-- ---"'-

Coupling loose or Properly align reducer and coupling. Tightendisconnected. .., co_~plin...§~_. _

...-...--..-----+\--W-o~~~..···-..........··....- Caused by dirt or grit ; Replace seals. Br-ea-t-h-e-rf-il-te-r-m-a-y-b-e-c-Io-g-g-e-d-.-J

I Seals entering seal. Replace or clean filter.

, Check lubricant level and adjust to recommendedlevel.

I

Improper mountingposition, such as wall orcelling mount of

i horizontal reducer.

I Mount horizontally or rework reducer to wall orcelling mount.

A-17


I

. .mW,!'>¥4ISA _%. g GJ.1~a;x;;;;:ii.•.£ "'W;&M~* i¥..;:;Z; . ,w#::;w;..,.4t%i<'ii£??8l$IiE .44-....4;:::_ ." ...SA.'>'~da))8..3\;:;:g;,... _P.,.pt...gidkt ..? ~&Nli;:z:;zt.

toeroduct

Catalog

Large Frame AC

Generators

Effective: March 12,2001

" -.

DC Motors& Controls

WashdownMotors &.Controls

PremiumEfficiency

CommercialDuty

Products: AC Motors: IDNM3542: Baldor Electric Company, a leader in energy efficient... Page I of 1

General IniFormatio,n

HOME I BlIY I co!

Specifications

Drawings

More Information

Catalog Number:

Description:

Ship Weight:

Ust Price:

Multiplier 5'111'11001:

.7'SHP,l725RPf'1,3PH,60HZ,56C,3520

1105.437,00

IReturn• ~10tors include provisions for encoder feedback

rnounting used with closed loop velocity ormotor controls

NEr"1A HG 1, Part 31

Conveyors, pumps, fans, metal proccompressors, test stands, and matelr"quiprnent. Designed for Inverter orapplications where up to a 1000:1 0<

speed range is required.

I I I Investor Relations IBaldor Electric Company is an equal oppoltunity employer.

Copyright @ 2001-2008 BaldoI' Electric Company. All rights reserved.site works best with Internet Explorer and Netscape 4.x and above.

http://www.baldor.com/products/detaiLasp?1=1&catalog=IDNM3542&product=AC+Mot. .. 1/17/2008

Products: AC Motors: IDNM3542: Baldor Electric Company, a leader in energy efficient ... Page 1 of 1

[IDNM3542HOME I BUY I CO!

General Information

....

-l Performanc",D3ta

Catalog Number:

Specification ~Jumber:

HOI'sepower:

Voltage:

35T995~

.75 TE

-l Drawing", !"lertz:

Phase:

Franle Size:

Service Factor:

Locked Rotor Code:

NEilJA Design Code:

Insulation Class:

Full Load Efficiency:

POlNer Factor:

Enclosure:

Baldor Type:

DE Bearing:

ODE Bearing.

Electrical Specification Number:

[vlechanical Specification Number:

Base: RG

6205

6203

35W01864

35T995

N/A

N/A35201\1

80

H

N/A1725

56C

1.00

40C I'WID'C~UI"

N/AB

Antps:

at 208 Volts:

Full!'~ore Information

IR.etunl to Ust

fvlounting: 1'1

For certified information, contact your local Baldor office.

I NeW$LE:V<2;t1t!i I I Investor Relations I t:!QmeBaldorElectric CompanY is all equal opportunity emploYer.

Copyright @ 2001-2008 Baldol- Electric ji,11 rights resen/ed.This site worl<$ best with Intemet Explorer and 4.x and above.

http://www.baldor.com/products/specs.asp?1=1&catalog=IDNM3542&product=AC+Moto...1/17/2008

AC Motors: IDNM3542 Page 1 of 1

EUY I WIHOME I

Pn}c!iJct Quick

General Information

CreatePDFI (Note:

Product Nameplate Data

Rated Output HP NEi'1A Nom, Eff. 80

l\1ore InformationVolts 230/460 Power Factor 81

Full L.oad Amos 2,2/1. 8 Service Factor

Speed 1725 LR I<VA Code Rating - Duty 40C AlvJE

I Return to list Genera! Characterstics at 460 V, 60 0.75 l,iP

Full Load Torque

Start Configuration

Break Down Torque

Pull-Up Torque

Locked-Rater Torque

2,3 LB-FT

DOL

8,3 LS+T

5 LB-FT

Starting Current

No-Load Current

Line,line Resistance @ 25° C

Temperature Rise, C @ FL (in deg)

Temp, Rise @ S.F, Load (In deg)

8,5 Amp

0,65/1,m

22.8 Ohl

66

°Load Characteristics at 460 VI 60 liz, 0.'75 P

(Yo of Rated L.oad 50 100

Power Factor 38 55 71 80

Efficiency 68 77,9 79,9 80.4

Speed (rpm) 1783 1766 1754 1733

Line Amperes 7 0.85 0,95 1.1

125 150

82 86

79,6 78,2

1714 1696

1.35 1.55

* For certified inforrnatloll, contact your local BaldoI' office.

I IBaldoI' Electric Company iro Em

Copyright @ 2001-2008 BaldoI' reserved.This site wor!,s best with Internet Exploret' and Nets(;a!J,e 4.)( and above.

http://www.baldor.com/products/perfdata.asp?1=1&catalog=IDNM3542&product=AC+M...1/17/2008

LOOlOl

>:..JLO

'"

510-520 = 13.84I 521-528 = 14.84 I

529-535 = 15.72536-546 = 17.01

1 6.62 I

1-2.78--

1-2.59-

~3'0°it'75-.664 SLOTS.34 WIDE 4..32

THERMAL(WHEN REQ'O)

5'73~. 4.52

45'----r-- 45'

l-2.4±12.44-l

I I 4.62 3.25

6.81

LEAD HOLE.88 DIA

.19 KEY/1.38 LONG

6.51

/

- Tn ... ~' ..

[-2.06

-h-.13

~1.88-

---

oNAMEPLATE

o

0.I1

o

o

l- - 1--1- --+- - \~

1

I

~~-I

PLUG!(EACH SIDE)

I ~~ I

CUSTOMER is RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMiNiNG THAT MOTOR PERFORMANCE is SUITABLE IN THE APPLICATION.

REV. DESC: CORRECT DESCRIPTIONREV. LTR: A IVERSION: 01 I TOR: 000000409040 I BALDOR ELECTRIC Co.FILE: \AAA\00111\690 IREVISED: 16:26:4209/22/2006 I BY: ENBRAMO I u"'07 CC,.. = .....coo ' ......0=0 (TWO" cu " ••,.. u.f ,.."'....0'

l-BLU

LOW VOLTAGE(2Y)

I C00005

HIGH VOLTAGE(lY)

9-GRY

3-0RG/

4-YEL

7-PNK

~

1------------------- J-BRNI......,

I II II I

LTJ OPTIONALI

: THERMOSTATSII

l... .................. 'Y,.. .......

<.... .... )'~_ .J~ ...

~8-RE~------- J-BRN

5-BLK

~2-\'IHT

@)4 ~5 (9)6

789$ $ @

$1 42 J>3

LINE

4 5 6

17 Is 19

r r rLINE

NOTES:

1. INTERCHANGE ANY TWO LINE LEADS TO REVERSEROTATION.

2. OPTIONAL THERMOSTATS ARE PROVIDED WHENSPECIFIED.

3. ACTUAL NUMBER OF INTERNAL PARALLEL CIRCUITSMAY BE A MULTIPLE OF THOSE SHOWN ABOVE.

4. LEAD COLORS ARE OPTIONAL. LEADS MUST ALWAYS BENUMBERED AS SHOWN. ~

REV. DESC: REVISE TO SHOW OPTIONAL COLORS

REV. LTR: E I BY: JLP IREVISED: 01/19/99 10: 15 ITOR: 01 71435 BALDOR ELECTRIC Co.g00008 FILE: AAA00005140

MTL: -

IMDL: -3PH. DV. 9 LEADS

I

(1) THE TORQUE CONTROL IS AN ELECTRO - MECHANICAL DEVICE DESIGNED TOPROTECT THE DRIVE AND MECHANISM FROM OVERLOAD CAUSED BY EXTREMETORQUE BUILD - UP DUE TO A VARIETY OF UNUSUAL OPERATING CONDiTIONS.

j\\ ADJUSTABLE CAMS THE DEVICE IS ACTUATED BY THE TORQUE ARM OF THE ADAPTER PLATE UPON(DO NOT ALTER POSITION) <2> WHICH THE SPEED REDUCER IS MOUNTED, SLJPPORTED BY A PIVOT BEARING, WHICH

IS FREE TO ROTATE IN REACTION TO THE TORQUE LOAD BEING IMPOSED UPON THESPEED REDUCER. THE TORQUE ARM EXERTS A FORCE AGAINST A CALIBRATED

I \ I CAMSHAFT COMfORESSION SPRING. AS TORQUE ON THE SCRAPER MECHANISM INCREASES THE

1/SPRING DEFLECTION MOVEMENT IS TRANSMITTED BY A VERTICAL ROD TO THESHAFT UPON WHICH THE CAMS ARE MOUNTED. THE POSITION OF THE CAMS TO

\,J.:.~ THE ROLLERS OF THE LIMIT SWITCHES HAS BEEN SET IN WESTECH'S SHOP FORi~ ALARM AND CUTOUT. THE PERCENTAGE OF TORQUE LOAD IS INDICATED BY A

PUSH TO CHECK n I J - II POINTER AND A SCALE VISIBLE FROM THE FRONT OF THE UNIT. UNDER NORMALOPERATION OF <V LL \' - - --1J I---J CONDITIONS TORQUE WILL NOT BE SUFFICIENT TO ACTUATE THE ALARM CONTROLS.

SWITCHES 2

~ 1c:b. ~. LIMIT SWITCH AS THE TORQUE INCREASES AND THE POINTER MOVES TOWARDS THE UPPER PORTION~ ~ ,-' /' ACTUATOR ROLLERS OF THE PERCENTAGE SCALE AN ALARM IS ACTUATED ALERTING THE OPERA TOR OF

--- - (DO NOT ALTER AN IMPENDING OVERLOAD. IF THE OVERLOAD CONDITION IS NOT CORRECTED ANDLOAD IND~g~NT~~~-- I J ~~ POSITION)<2> CONTINUES TO BUILD UP UNTIL THE SECOND SWITCH IS ACTUATED,. THE DRIVE, I I I \ MOTOR WILL CUT - OUT AND THE MECHANISM WILL AUTOMATICALLY STOP. WITH THE

PLUNGER SCRAPER ARMS STOPPED THERE IS NO OVERLOAD FOR THE TORQUE CONTROL TO(\> ~. ~ZEROING SGREW READ, SO WHILE THE OVERLOAD GONDITION IS BEING GORRECTEO, MEANS MUST BEI I 0& PROVIDED IN THE ELECTRICAL CONTROLS TO PREVENT THE MOTOR FROM COMING ON

TORQUE ARM~-} I--_/...l- -_-_-__ .'&' C PREMATURELY.

& <'I> "" IL - -1 JJ 'Wm- <2> TO GHECK THE OPERATION OF S"HCHES, THE CONDITIONS OF AN OVERLOAD MAYC I TL TRAVEL I _ - - _ BE SIMULATED BY PUSHING THE BRASS ROD COVERED WITH A RUBBER CAP

~ I- - - - - _ _ _ . _ LOCATED ON THE LEFT SIDE OF THE UNIT. THIS IS' TO BE DONE AT THE TIME OF~ I START - UP AND WEEKLY AFTER THE MACH!NE IS PUT INTO OPERATION.

<2> DO NOT ALTER THE FACTORY SET POSITION .OF LIMIT SWITCH ACTUATORS AS DAMAGETO THE DRIVE AND MECHANISM CAN OCCUR. THIS ALSO VOIDS ANY WARRANTY.

. TORQUE ARM COMPRESSION SPRINGRETAINING SCREW o SPRAY OIL (WD-40 OR EQUAL) WEEKLY TO LUBRICATE THE PLUNGER FOR FREE

MOVEMENT. ~. A

/& TORQUE CONTROL DEVICE(5) TORQUE TRANSMITTER (OPTIONAL) SHALL BE CALIBRATED TO SHOW 4ma AT ZERO DESCRIPTION

TORQUE AND 20ma AT FULL DIAL TORQUE. Io NUTS ON ZEROING SCREW CAN BE ADJUSTED TO BRING LOAD INDICATING POINTER£ UP TO ZERO. TORQUE ARM RETAINING SCREW SHOULD NOT BE USED TO ADJUST TYPE I SIZE

C THE POINTER. I I I NONE 111-03!MPWI NK I JJ<2> RETAINING SCREW IS INTENDED TO KEEP THE TORQUE ARM IN PLACE AND TOUCHING DATE I STD. BY I STD.CHKD. I STD.APPVD \ SCALE I DATE \ PROJ. BY \PROJ.CHKD.\PROJ.APPVD

THE PLUNGER AT THE ZERO POSITION ON THE SCALE. THE RETAINING SCREW/BRACKETALL COMPONENTS MUST BE FABRICATED AND MACHINED ACCORDING TO WESTECH STANDARDIS INTENDED TO BEND OR BREAK IF THE DRIVE IS RUN IN REVERSE. THIS PROTECTS

THE MECHANISM FROM MORE COSTLY DAMAGE. SPECIFICATION (DRAWING P24Z-024A). UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THIS DRAWING.

&. This drawing is property of WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC. and is transmitted in confidence. Neither receipt norpossession confers or transfers any rights to reproduce. use. or disclose. in whole or in port, data contained

ADDED SECOND NUT TO RETAINING SCREW. ADDED NOTES 6 AND 7 TAP JJ 11-07 &, herein for any purpose, without the written permission of WESTECH ENGINEERING. INC.; Salt Lake ~ity, Utah

ADDED SECOND NUT TO ZEROING SCREW RHS JAJ 03/06 &. DRAWING NUMBER PROJECT NUMBER REV.

NOTE 5 ADDED, OR EQUAL ADDED DK JJ 5-04 1& WEsTECH 7 -8222 81 ~REVISION BY CHKD DATE LTR

REVISION I BY ICHKD I DATE LTR

&-£

, -

4 N.O. 3 4 N.O. 3 &I£.'------

I II II I

1 I 2 1 I 2~ ~

N.C. N.C.

4 1 2 3 8 5 6 7 ... TERMINAL STRIP

~ ~~ ~NUMBERS INTORQUE BOX

V YSW1 SW2

NOTES:

1. FIELD CONNECTIONS MAY BE WIRED TO N.O. OR N'.C. CONTACTSDEPENDING ON FIELD REQUIREMENTS.

2. SWITCH FUNCTiONS SHALL CORRESPOND WITH THE SUGGESTEDELECTRICAL SCHEMA TIC

3. TERMINAL ARRANGEMENT IS SEQUENTIALLY TYPICAL FOR 3 OR4 SWITCH TORQUE BOXES

4. SWITCHES ARE RATED 600 VOLT MAX.5. MEETS NEMA 1, 3, 4, 6, 12 & 13

TORQUE BOX - TERMINAL BLOCKDESCRIPTION

MICROSWITCH #LSA1A k 115 7 916 X 316 X 316

TYPE SiZE· 1, X 1

3-88 OTO MKD RAC NONEDATE STD. BY STD.CHKD. STD.APPVD SCALE DATE PROJ. BY PROJ.CHKD. PROJ.APPVD.

ALL COMPONENTS MUST BE FABRICATED AND MACHINED ACCORDING TO WESTECH STANDARDSPECIFICATION (DRAWING P24Z-024A), UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THIS DRAWING.

·WEsTECHDRAWING NUMBER PROJECT NUMBER REV.

T8-· GOOA &

oZ

>..0eZoW

(flILO2w(fllelf)ow1:;3:L4o 0

(fl e

~,24- (fle (fl

S'EL

e (j)o Q.

Ui e(fl (j)(j)+-,(fl+-'

~p:o.~

L (j)o..ce+-'

+-'+-' ::J9-0(j)..cu+-'

~ '3:

to a>:5 ~

CD e-Z::J

Q.

a5 >.U e~ 0

U Lr.:: 0e4-

S.S(j)

~ a;u..c

(j)u::::: (j)

E'6(fl +-'e eo 01:;U

~2o

"D Ue0"';

L

u~Z-.sr5 LzOC2 (j)ww 0z..c0~Zew·-IaJo Cf)W O1-0If) Cf)w·-3:

uL

4- 0o>.. (j)

+-,Cf)

~ ::J

0. o (j)L ()0.::J

UCf) 0- L

0lQ.

C ~3:: 02+-'

U Cf)+-'

Cf)..c..cOlI- .;::

I


PA LI


LineDescription of Parts Material Per Per PerNo. Drawing Number Rev Location

Order Assy OrderRev

DRIVE FABRICATION/ASSEMBLY NOTES aa

D350G830-20253A C DRIVE ASSEMBLY - ELEVATION aD350G831-20253A A DRIVE ASSEMBLY - PLAN a

aDRIVE TOTAL WEIGHT =3,174 LBS.lDRIVE a

aREFERENCE DRAWINGS: a

aTAG20253A-1,-2 a EQUIPMENT NAME TAG 1 2 aA60B-001A E FABRICATION AREA CLEANING REQUIREMENTS - "D" aDRV103 D DRIVE ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES aDRV105 a SEALANT/ADHESIVE SPECIFICATION aP24Z-024A-DRVSTD A WESTECH STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS - DRIVES aLUBETAG-20253A a LUBRICATION TAGS 1 2 aASMDIAG-20253A a ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM aMS-0303A a DRIVE ROTATION DIRECTION STICKER 1 2 aMS-0305A a STORAGE PROCEDURE STICKER 1 2 aMS-0312A a KEEP HANDS CLEAR STICKER 1 2 aMS-0313A a KEEP HANDS AWAY FROM GEARS STICKER 1 2 aMS-0314A a MOVING PARTS BELOW DECK STICKER 1 2 aMS-0315A A MINIMAX OIL LEVEL STICKER 1 2 a

aRAKE DRIVE: 0.75 HP RAKE SPEED: .031 RPM a

a72,8000 FT-LBS. FULL DIAL TORQUE 160% a63,700 FT-LBS. SHEAR PIN TORQUE 140% a42,000 FT-LBS. CUTOUT TORQUE 100% a45,500 FT-LBS. CONTINUOUS TORQUE 100% a38,675 FT-LBS. ALARM TORQUE 85% a

aSURFACE PREPARATION AND PAINTING: a

DRIVE STANDARD PER THE COATING SUBMITTAL DATA SHEET aaa

ASSEMBLY FASTENER MATERIAL: ASTM A449 ZINC PLATED STEEL aHARDENED FLAT WASHERS TO BE F436 OR A325 ZP STL a

aaaaaaaaaa

NOVATO SANITATION DISTRICT WF UPGRADE aNOVATO, CALIFORNIA a(2) 100' DIA. CLARIFIER DRIVE UNITS a

08/01/07 TAP RHS RHS Assembly Description hotal Weight this Pace/lbsIDate ProJ. By PrOJ. Chkd. ProJ. Aprvd.

CAGE DRIVE ASSEMBLYDate Std. By Std. Chkd. Std. Aprvd. Type Size

EQUIPMENT PARTS LIST 8050 42"

WEsTECHDocument Number Job Number P/LPage No. Rev.

8989 20253A 0 0QF-00-051 Pnnted by-MGIOMETTA Pnnted on-January 17, 2008 12:10 PM 12/19/03

Item Part Number Dwg ElectricalWeight Qty Qty LineDescription of Parts Material Per Per PerNo. Drawing Number Rev LocationOrder Assv Order

Rev

101 TORQUE CONTROL DEVICE SS 92 1 2 0

0

103 SPEED REDUCER (INTERMEDIATE) CI/STL 1,832 1 2 0

119-015AOO 0 REDUCER SHAFT MODIFICATION -~-- 1 2 0

104 SPEED REDUCER (PRIMARY) CI/STL 30 1 2 0

105 RAKE DRIVE MOTOR CI/STL 70 1 2 0

106 109-371B 0 ADAPTER PLATE STL 18 1 2 0

0

0

0

0

111 111-194B07 0 TORQUE ARM (R.H.) STL 66 1 2 0

112 312-156C05 0 UPPER BEARING HOUSING- CASTING CI 84 1 2 0

312-155C05 0 UPPER BEARING HOUSING-MACHINING & ASSEMBLY THE UBH MUST B CI 1 2 0

113 RR-0002A 0 RETAINING RING 3 3/4" EXT STL 1 2 0

114 MS-0194A 0 LOWER SEAL NBRISTL 1 2 0

115 MS-0289A 0 UPPER SEAL NBRISTL 1 2 0

116 BR-0053A 0 UPPER BEARING ~LLOYSTL 24 2 4 0


118 UPPER BEARING LUBE LINE (112 TO 412) BRS/CU 1 2 0

119 GREASE FITTING 1/4 NPT STL 1 2 0

120 120-064COO 0 REDUCER SHAFT ADAPTER ~LLOYSTL 84 1 2 0

121 121G112COO A PINION SHAFT fA.LLOY STL 108 1 2 0

0

123 123G027B05 0 PINION GEAR (15T) ~LLOYSTL 96 1 2 0

124 BR-0001A B PINION BEARING ~LLOYSTL 1 2 0

125 KEY11/4x3/4x61/2 4140 1 2 0

126 MS-0154A 0 PRESSURE RELIEF FITTING STL 1 2 0

127 RR-0018A 0 RETAINING RING 53/4" INT STL 1 2 0


129 KEY 7/8 x 7/8 x 4 (123 TO 121) 4140 1 2 0

0

131 132-089B 0 SHEAR PIN COUPLING STL 12 1 2 0

132 SHAFT COUPLING W/KEY (ORDERED W/104) STL 1 2 0

133 SOCKET HD CAPSCREW 5/8 X 1-112 W/LW (120 TO 121) STL 8 16 0

134 133-093A 0 SHEAR PIN BRS 1 2 0

135 CAPSCREW HEX HD 3/8 X 1 W/LW (105 TO 103) STL 4 8 0

136 SETSCREW 1/2 X 3/4 (120 TO 103 & 125) STL 2 4 0


0


0

141 CAPSCREW HEX HD1 x4 W/N,LW (103 TO 111) STL 5 10 0

0

0

0

145 MS-0354A 0 MOTION SENSOR W/SWITCH 8 1 2 0

146 900-701B 0 MOTION SENSOR MOUNTING BRACKET SS 2 1 2 0

147 CAPSCREW HEX HD 1/4 x 1 1/2 WIN, LW SS 2 4 0

0

08/01/07 TAP RHS RHS Assembly Description Irotal Weight 2526 this Pagellbs'

Date Proj. By Proj. Chkd. Proj. Aprvd.CAGE DRIVE ASSEMBLY




8989 20253A 1 0QF-00.Q51 Printed by-MGIOMETTA Printed on-January 17,2008 12:10 PM 12119/03

Item Part Number Dwg ElectricalWeight Qty Qty LineDescription of Parts Material Per Per Per

No. Drawing Number Rev LocationOrder Assy Order

Rev

0

0

403 403G002C04 0 MAIN GEAR/BEARING ~LLOY STL 1,110 1 2 0

0

0

406 406G022D05 0 GEAR HUB STL 432 1 2 0

0

408 408G068D03 D GEAR HOUSING STL 1,224 1 2 0

408G068D03-B 0 GEAR HOUSING BURN OUT DRAWING 1 2 0

410 410G068D06 0 HOUSING COVER STL 352 1 2 0

411 312-158C05 A TORQUE BOX ADAPTER SPACER STL 112 1 2 0

312-033B05 0 TORQUE BOX ADAPTER SPACER BURN OUT DRAWING 1 2 0

412 412-118C05 0 TORQUE BOX ADAPTER (R.H.) STL 212 1 2 0

413 413-008COO 0 CAGE ADAPTER STL 208 4 8 0

414 414-002BOO 0 WALKWAY CLAMPS STL 12 2 4 0

415 MS-0066A B a-RING SEAL (3/16 DIAMETER x 13'_0" LENGTH) NEap 1 2 0

416 MS-0182A 0 DUST SHIELD (1/4 x 1-1/2 x 13'-0") (FOR 406) NEap 1 2 0

417 413-009AOO A ADJUSTING ROD PLATE STL 144 4 8 0

418 MAIN BEARING LUBE LINE (408 TO 403) BRS/CU 2 4 0

419 GREASE FiniNG 1/4 NPT STL 2 4 0

420 109-075BOO 0 BEARING HOUSING ADAPTER STL 16 1 2 0

0

422 MS-0180A A DUST SHIELD BAND & CLAMP (13'-0" LENGTH) (416 TO 406) SS 1 2 0

0

424 CAPSCREW HEX HD 5/8 X 4 WIN, HDND FW (403 TO 408) STL 24 48 0

425 CAPSCREW HEX HD 1/2 x 2 W/N,LW (411 TO 412) STL 8 16 0

0

0

0

431 CAPSCREW HEX HD 5/8 X 2 W/N,LW (410 TO 408) STL 9 18 0

0

0

434 CAPSCREW HEX HD 3/4 x 3-1/2 W/N,LW (413 & 417 TO 406) STL 16 32 0

435 CAPSCREW HEX HD 5/8 x 1-3/4 W/HDND FW (406 TO 403) STL 24 48 0

436 CAPSCREW HEX HD 5/8 x 2-1/2 W/LW (411 TO 408) STL 7 14 0

437 CAPSCREW HEX HD 3/4 x 3-1/2 W/N,LW (414 TO 410 & 408) STL 2 4 0

438 CAPSCREW HEX HD 1 UNF x 3 ( LEVELING DRIVE) STL 4 8 0

0

0

441 GA-0005A A OIL LEVEL SITE GAUGE SS 2 1 2 0

0

443 PIPE NIPPLE 3/4 NPT x 3 1/2 (OIL DRAIN) STL 1 2 0

444 PIPE CAP 2 NPT STL 4 1 2 0

444-056A03 0 OIL FILL CAP/BREATHER MODIFICATION 1 2 0

445 VA-0006A 0 DRAIN VALVE BRZ 1 2 0

446 445-116B03-A A PINION PORT COVER STL 10 1 2 0

447 445-116B03-B A PINION PORT COVER GASKET NEap 1 2 0

448 HEX NUT 3/8 W/LW (446 & 447 TO 408) (449 & 450 TO 410) STL 6 12 0

449 445-230B05-A 0 INSPECTION PORT COVER/OIL FILL STL 4 1 2 0

450 445-230B05-B 0 INSPECTION PORT COVER/OIL FILL GASKET NEap 1 2 0

08/01/07 TAP RHS RHS Assembly Description /Total Weight 3842 this Page/lbsl




WESTECI-IDocument Number Job Number P/L Page No. Rev.

8989 20253A 2 0QF-00-051 Printed by-MGIOMETTA Printed on-January 17, 2008 12:10 PM 12/19/03

Item Part Number Dwg ElectricalWeight Qty Qty LineDescription of Parts Material Per Per PerNo. Drawing Number Rev LocationOrder Assv Order

Rev

*** SPARE PARTS *** 0

901 MS-0194A 0 LOWER SEAL (FOR ITEM 114) NBR/STL 1 2 0

902 MS-0289A 0 UPPER SEAL (FOR ITEM 115) NBR/STL 1 2 0

903 MS-0066A B O-RING SEAL (3/16 DIAMETER) 1FT (FOR ITEM 415) NEOP 13 13 0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

911 MS-0182A 0 DUST SHIELD (1/4 x 1-1/2) 1FT (FOR ITEM 416) NEOP 13 13 0

912 445-116B03-B A PINION PORT COVER GASKET (FOR ITEM 447) NEOP 1 2 0

913 445-230B05-B 0 INSPECTION PORT COVER/OIL FILL GASKET (FOR ITEM 450) NEap 1 2 0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

921 BR-0053A 0 UPPER BEARING (FOR ITEM 116) f,LLOY STL 24 2 4 0

922 BR-0001A B PINION BEARING (FOR ITEM 124) f,LLOY STL 1 2 0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

931 133-093A 0 SHEAR PIN (FOR ITEM 134) BRS 1 2 0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

08/01/07 TAP RHS RHS Assembly Description /rotal Weight 24 this Page/lbsl





8989 20253A 3 0QF-00-051 Printed by-MGIOMETTA Printed on-January 17, 2008 12:10 PM 12119/03

ESECHAN EMPLOYEE-OWNED COMPANY

SECTION 5:ELE TRICAL

Item Part Number Dwg Description of Parts Electrical Weight Qty Qty LineMaterial Per Per PerNo. Drawing Number Rev LocationOrder Assy Order Rev

101 E10D B PANEL LAYOUT B

102 E11D B ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC B

103

104

105 _...._~_ ... WIRE, DUCT, BITS, FASTENERS, ETC -_. 1 2 0

106

107

108 CSD20168SS6 ENCLOSURE, TYPE 4X ENCLOSURE 316SS 48 1 2 0

109 CP2016 BACK PANEL, 18.2 X 14.2 ENCLOSURE STL 16 1 2 0

110 CMFKSS MOUNTING FOOT KIT ENCLOSURE 30455 2 1 2 0

111

112

113 10250T181N PILOT LIGHT, 120V TRNSFRMR STYLE 5,7,9,12 _. 4 8 A

114 10250TC7N GLASS LENS, RED 5 GLS 1 2 A

115 10250TC9N GLASS LENS, AMBER 7,9,12 GLS 3 6 A

116

117 10250T21KB SELECTOR SWITCH, 3 POS 6,11 .., 2 4 A

118 10250T53 CONTACT BLOCK 1 NO 11 -' 1 2 A

119

120

121 10250T23B PUSHBUTTON, FLUSH, BLACK W/1 N.O. CONTACT 8 .- 1 2 A

122

123

124 10250T101 BLACK PUSHBUTTON 13 - 1 2 A

125 10250T3 CONTACT BLOCK 2 N.C. 13 .., 1 2 A

126

127

128 10250T25R PUSHBUTTON, EXT, RED W/1 N.C. CONTACT 10 - 1 2 A

129

130

131

132

133

134

135

136

137

138

139

140

141

142 FNQ·R·5 TIME DELAY FUSE, 5 AMP F1 .- 1 2 A

143 USCC1I FUSE HOLDER, SINGLE POLE 30 AMP RATED CC STYLE WIINDICATOR F1 - 1 2 0

144

145

146 700·HR52TA17 TIMING RELAY, PIN STYLE MULTI FUNCTION & RANGE TD1 .-. 1 2 0

147 700·HN126 RELAY SOCKET, 11 PIN TD1 ... 1 2 0

148

149

150

07/31/07 NRT JWB PES Assembly Description Irotat Weight 66 this Pagellbsl

Date Pro]. By Pro]. Chkd. Proj. Aprvd,CLARIFIER CONTROL PANEL

Date Std. By Std. Chkd. Std. Aprvd. Type Size---- -------------EQUIPMENT PARTS LIST CLC16A C-2-1-1


8967 20253A 1 8QF·OO-oS1 Printed by-BJORDAN Printed on-January 14, 2008 9;20 AM 12119103

Item Part Number Dwg Description of Parts Electrical Weight Qty Oty LineNo. Drawing Number Rev Location Material Per Per Per

r RevOrder Assv Orde

201 RPM32F7 RELAY, 3 POLE, PLUG IN, 120VAC WILED INDICATOR CR1 -- 1 2 A

202 RPZF3 RELAY BASE, 3 POLE, PLUG IN, DIN MTG CR1 --- 1 2 A

203

204

205 RPM22F7 RELAY, 2 POLE, PLUG IN, 120VAC WILED INDICATOR CR2 '- 1 2 A

206 RPZF2 RELAY BASE, 2 POLE, PLUG IN, DIN MTG CR2 ,-- 1 2 A

207

208

209 RPM12F7 RELAY, SINGLE POLE, PLUG IN, 120VAC WILED INDICATOR CR3,4 --- 2 4 A

2.10 RPZF1 RELAY BASE, SINGLE POLE, PLUG IN, DIN MTG CR3,4 -- 2 4 A

211

212

213 3044102 TERMINAL BLOCK, 6mm UT4 TB1 _.- 30 60 A

214 3047028 TERMINAL BLOCK, 6.2mm, END COVER, GRAY TB1 ... 2 4 0

215 0800886 TERMINAL BLOCK, END BRACKET UT4 TB1 -- 3 6 0

216 1051003 TERMINAL BLOCK, SPRING, 6mm, ElLANK MARKER STRIP ZB6 UT4 TB1 --- 60 120 A

217

218

219 0442079 TERMINAL BLOCK, GROUND SCREW TYPE, USLKG6N GND --- 5 10 0

220

221

222 E50AR1 LIMIT SWITCH, SPDT LS1 -- 1 2 0

223 E50KL220 LIMIT SWITCH ACTUATOR ROD STYLE, SS LS1 304SS 1 2 0

224

225

226

227 NP-2X9W NAMEPLATE RAKE DRIVE 1 ACRY 1 2 A

228 SCUM TROUGH 2 A

229 EQUIPMENT ALARMS 3 A

230

231 NP,2X3W NAMEPLATE SCUM PIT 3 ACRY 1 2 A

232

233 LP-C30W LEGEND RUN 5 ACRY 1 2 A

234

235 LP-C30W LEGEND OPENI CLOSEI AUTO 6 ACRY 1 2 A

236

237 LP-C30R LEGEND CUTOUT 7 ACRY 1 2 A

238

239 Lp·C30W LEGEND START 8 ACRY 1 2 A

240

241 LP-C30R LEGEND HIGH TORQUE 9 ACRY 1 2 A

242

243 LP-C30R LEGEND STOP 10 ACRY 1 2 A

244

245 LP-C30W LEGEND OPEN/CLOSEIREMOTE 11 ACRY 1 2 A

246

247 Lp·C30R LEGEND SHEAR PIN FAIL 12 ACRY A

248

249 LP-C30W LEGEND RESET 13 ACRY A

250

07/31/07 NRT JWB PES Assembly Description hotal Weight this Page/lbsl

Date Proj. By Pro]. Chkd. Proj. AplVd.CLARIFIER CONTROL PANEL

Date Std. By Std. Chkd. Std. AplVd. Type Size

EQUIPMENT PARTS LIST CLC16A C-2-1-1


8967 20253A 2 AQF·OO-OS1 Printed by-BJORDAN Printed on-January 14, 2008 9.20 AM 12119/03

_ : -Dimensions'" "Abmessu'ngen." : ! .~-, Dimensions '," ,

(Fingersafe)700-HN126 (11-polig)

Mode C.Signal ON/OFFdeclenchementrelarde

*1 : Voyant de sortie

A - Decoupe du panneau

Socle700-HRH: 700-HN1 01

(Fingersafe)700-HN126 (11 broche)

(i) Voyant d'alimentation en courant@ Voyant de puissance de sortie@ Selecteur de temps nominal@ Selecteur de temps<ll Cadran de reglage (reglage du

temps)® Selecteur du mode de

fonctionnement

Remarque : Una sorlie Instantanee est pos~sible en pla9Bnt Ie cadran sur Ie reglage 0(mode sortie instanlanee).

Modus C. ZeitverzogerterBetrleb des EIN/AU6-Slgnals

*1 :Ausgangsanzeige

ModusE. tntervaUbtltrieb Mode E.Signal ONdes EIN· fonctlonnementSignats intermltlent

*1 :Ausgangsanzeige *1 :Voyant de sortie*2 : Netzanzeige *2 :Voyant d'aJimentation*3 : bfinkend *3 : clignolant

Mode C. Signal ON/OFFdelay operation

*1 : output indicator

:~; t~~{~~~tor

Mode E. One shotoperation

*1 :Outpullndlcator:~ ~ w:~r2~~lor

Mode D.Slgnal OFFdelayoperation

*1 :Outputlndicalor

:~ ;t~e~pg~d:,or

A - Frontplattenausschnitt

Verwendbare Sockel

700-HRH: 700-HN101

CD Spannungsversorgungsanzeige@ Ausgengsanzeige@ Zeitbereichsschalter® ZeiteinheitwahlschalterlID Einstellscheibe (eingestellte Zendauer)® Betriebsartwahlschalter

Howels: Sofortausgang (Sofortbetrieb) kanodurch Drehung der Einstellscheibe auf 0elngestellt werden.

(:tR~) --fLi--fZ!ilifJ--0-fj

*1(out)

8-"(START)

0-"*1(out)

8-"(START),,-..*l(out)

A - Panel cutout dimensions

Applicable socket700-HRH: 700-HN101

(Fingersafe)700-HN126 (11 Pin)

(f) Power indicator(2) Output indicator@ Rated time selector® Time unit selectorlID Setting diai (setting time value)® Operation mode selector

Note: If pointer is turned counterclockwlseuntil overranged, instantaneous output willbe issued (zero point instantaneous opera·tion).

Mode A.Signal ON,declenchementretarde

*1 :Voyantdesortie

Modus A.ZeitverzogerierBetriebdesEIN·Slgnals

*1 :Ausgangsanzeige

Modus 82. EIN·Slgnal Mode 82.Slgna' ONblinkend, EtN c1ignote,Belriebsbeginn declenchement

*1 : Ausgangsanzelge *1 :Voyant de sortie*2 : Netzanzeige *2 : Voyant d'a/imentation*3 :bhnkend *3 : dignotant

" fmiil\(.59) 66.6 ~

48652-3~")1(11!9J1 10.24) (2J)6) ~k

1m-· '(El48 ..~ D 44.8(1..89) • (1.54. ~ D (1.76)

L. .1.. :....J1~;)~9'';"

A (1~

j,.t'5P

Mode A. Signal ON de"lay operation

*1 : Outpu1 indicator

:~ ;~~~e~m~cl:tor

Mode 8. Signal ON~rJi,e::a~Cle.operation

*1 : Output indicator

=~ ~ ~~~e:?~~tor

Mode 82.Slgnal ON

~rr:t~rtCycle.operation

*1: Otrtputlndlcator

:~ ~ w~~:m=tor

0683305-0A

RockwellAutomation

iM}"'lillllIlJI"

Solid State Timing RelaysRelals de temporlsation

electronlqueFestkorper-ZeitrelaisReies Temporizadores

SolidosRele per la messa In fase

dell'accensione elettronicaReles de Temporizagao de

Estado Solido

(Cat 700-HR52__, -HRT6 __)

41063-024-01 (A)Printed in Japan

,,-..(START)8-6

(RESET)..- ..*l(out)

,,_...ttttlltt(START)8-6

(RESET)..- ..""(out) .. !I" "" ","'.!i '..*2. (powerh,', . . .•'"

~~i:.tttttttt.......

*1(out}

*2 (power)i

G : Gate InputTemporarily stops liming operation.Open terminaltwhen nol used,

S : Start Input (Always connect)Short.(:ircuit tarminal Ylw with power-on start and power resel operation.

A : Aeset InputExlernalresellnpUl.Open terminal u when not used,

(1) Operating power@ Conlacl inpul signal connection<j!\ Sofid·stale input signal connection

Please comply strictly with the following Instructions which are Intendedto ensure .safe operation of the controller.(1) For correct use, do not subject the timer to the following condi

tions,• Dramatic temperature fluctuations• High humidity or where condensation may occur• Severe vibration and shock• Corrosive gas or dusty environments• Where there is danger of splashing of water, oil or any chemicals• Where explosive or flammable gases may be presenl

(2) Load power aupplyMake sure that the load power supply is within the rating.

(3) Handling

(4) ~:~:r:~~:~~:~~~~'e~~~~u~~ ~~~~~gf6~¥~~ appncation.(5) Wire termln~s wfth correct polarity.(6) Locate the timer, input deviCi:!s and input signal wiring as far as possible

from noise sources and conductors carrying high voltage.(7) Be sure to use the Timer at ambient temperature of -10 to 55 "C and

ambient humidity (relative humidity) of 35 to 85 %.(8) Cleaning

Do not use paint thinner or the equivalent. Use standard grade alcoholto clean the prOduct,

(9) Do not change the time unit, time range or operalion mode while theTlrT1er is in operation, otherwise malfunction could resull Be sure to tumoff the power before making such changes,

(10)110 line connectionWhen connecting the contact ortransislor for exlemallnput signal to theinput terminals of the timer, pay allention to the following points to pre-

(j} ~~~~~~~~e~~~I~fi~~Uti~s~f;~~~ici~;ih~~~'timerfrom thesame Input conlactortranslstor, the phases of the power $uppnes mustagree.(* 1) If the power suppnes are 1'10111'1 phase, short- cirCtlit currentwl1l be generated,

lID For the power supply of an input device, use an isolation 1ransformer

f~;J,~fdi~~~g6ng~~~~ 1:~6~~~~~2~ie mutually iso-@ The appropriate input terminal 5 (Gate Input), 6 (Start input) or 7 (Reset

input) uses power supply terminal 2 as a common terminal and shouldtherefore be connected by short·circuil to common lermJnal 2. Voltageshould be applied only across terminals 10 and 2. Do nol apply voltageto any other lerminats, and do not connect1ermlnals 5, 6, or 710 termlnal10, or to any terminal other than lerminal2. OthelWlse the internalcircuit of the timer may be damaIJed.

@ Do not connect a relay or other Inductive load across the Input supplypoints (terminals 2 and 10), or the internal circuit of Ihe timer may bedamaged dueto appned supplyvollage.

(11) Power supply connectionUse a DC power supply having a ripple factor of 20''10 or less and supplying a mean voltage that is within the raled operating voltage markedonlhetimer.Make sure that the supply voltage Is applied to the timer all at once,using contacts such as of aswitch or relay. Otherwise, the limermay notbe able to perform power reset or its set time may be up when It shouldnOl

(12) Please do not exceed the voltage rating marke:d on the timer.If voltage other than the rated voltage is applied, the Internal compo-

(13) wertothe timer with a relay condi-tion for long periods. Leaving the timer in monthor longer, especially in places with high temperatures, may result in deterioration to internal parts, such as an electrolytic capacitor,

G :Torelngang (Sockelkemme 5)HAIl den Zeitablauf an. Wlfd diese Funktion nich.t benOtigt, braucht derToreingang nicht angeschlossen werden.

S : Startelngang (Sockelklemme 6)Bel dei Funktion Spannungsslart I Spaflnungsstopp muB derSlarteingang angeschlossen seln.

R :ROck,etzeingang (Sockelklemme 7)Wffd dlese Funktion nicht benotigt, braucht der externe ROcksetzeingangnlcht angeschlossen werden.

\() Arbeitsspannung(Sl Kontakt Eingangs·Verbindungi!l1 AnschluB von Haibleilersignal·Elngangen

BlUe folgen Sle genau den lolgenden Hlnwelsen.sre gewihrlelsten eine ,'chere Funktion des Zeltrelals.(1) SelZen Sle diS Zeltrelals nlcht unler den folgenden

Bedlngungeneln:• EthebUche TemperalUtschwankungen• Hohe Luftfeu!=h~gkelt oder wenn Kondensalion erTIstehen klinnte• Vermeld&nSieslark.eVibrationod&rSchock• Korros[yesGasoderstaubig~Umgebung• Bei pIalschemdem Wasser, 01 oder irgeridwelc:hen Chemikali.en• Wenn In der Umgebung el'plosive oder entltammbate Gase SIno'

(2) SpannungsversorgungSteDen Sleslcher. daB die Sf:\8nnungsversorgung Innemalb des angegebenenBerelches ~egt.

(3) Handhabung(4) DemonMren. mod"rfizleren ~~ddta:e~~3e~:W~:e~as Gerat,

Iii we,.i,m69'khvonelektrischenSlCirung&noderStarkstromschailgerAlenentfernl

flI Ve~den Sle das Zeltreiais nur mnerhalb des Temperaturbereiches von ·to bls-+55'CundbeieinerreialivenLuftfeuchtigke1l.zwischen35und85%.

(8) Relnlgung

(9) X~~~~~:~~~eZ~~n~~~~e~a~~\J,0~~~r :~I~~~j:Ohole,wahrend das Geral arbeilel, andernla~s wird eine Feh!funklion daraus resulOOren.Stellen Sle sidler, daB bei dera.rtigen Anderungen die Netzspannung abgeSChaltelist.

(10) leltungsa.nschiuBfurE.ln-IAusgangFalls $Ie elOen Kontakt oder einen Transistor aIs externes 8ngangssignallOr dasZe1\.felais benutzen, beachten Sie IDe lolgenden Punkle, urn KurzschlLisse durchtranslormalortoseNetzieilezuvermeklen.

@ Bel glelchzeitigem Signalelngang von einern EigangsanschiuB oderBngangstranslstoranrnehralseinZeitrelalsmDssendiePhasendarStromquellenliberelnslirnmen.(* 1) FaUs dla Stromquelien nicht gleic:hphaslg sinO, w1rdKurzschluBstormerzeugl.

@ Verwen~.Sle elnen Netztranslormator(* 2) If!lt voneinander isolierter Pnm[r- und

Sle niemals Spannung ~n andere Klemmen an, und verb nden Sle niemals dieKlemmen 5, 6, oder 7 mil dar KIemrn& 10 oderitgendeiner anOOren aIs derKlemme2. Andemlalls wlrd dar interne Schallkrels oder das Zeltrelais zerslllrt.

@ K1emmen Sie keln Rela1s oder elne induktivill1l511:Wischen die Eingangsklemmen(Klemmen 10 und 2), der inlerne SChaJtkreis des zeitrelals klinnte dutch dieVersorgungsspannung zerslMwerden.

(t1) ~~~n~fe~~~s~~~~ungsverso~gung mit einer Restwelligkaitvon 20"A.oderwenlger und eme IT\!nlere Spannung, die innertlalb des angegebener1

~~~;ief~[~~:r,8dea~;sK~~~Qd~;~e:~:~~i1 am Zeltrelais anstehl.VefWllnden Sle Konlakle, Wlez, B,elO Rellls,.Andemfalls kann das ZelttelaJs nlcht ordentlich arbeilen.;~N~~ez~~ ~Jl~tz~ckslcl~~e~[derEndzeltpUnklgeschaJletwerden,

(12) Oberschreilen Sle bille nle~s die auf dem ZeitreJals- angegebene Nennspannung.-:rd~~Id-: ~1~~:;~6nnu~~I~6e~~&:ne Nennspannung angelegt wlrd,

(t3) Bille beachfen Sle die n~nstehende Zei~nung.r~)V.erknlipfen Sle das Netz ubel" ein ReJals mitdem teltrelals, so daB as niernals ubeteiM IAngere Zeit (ein MonatoderlAnger) in der Funklion.leitabgelaufen"Slehen""'btEs !<.Dontan sonst BauteiJe w!e z. B. 8eklroly1kondensalQren vorze1!ig zerstorlwerden.

G :EntreepottePour arr6ler la temporisalion.Duvrezlaborne5Iorsqu'eDen'estpasulillsee,

S :Entree de departCout-circultez les barnes 6 el2 pour un depart a la mise sous tensionet une remise azero a la coupure de tension.

R : Entree de remise It zeroEntree de remise azero eneme. Ouvrezla borne 7 10rsqu'eUe n'estpasutiHsee.

(lJ Tensiond'atimentation® Connexion du signal d'entree (conlact)@ Connexion des signaux d'entree slatique

Veulllaz sulvre precisement fes Instructions $ulvantes aftn d'utillsercorrectement la mlnuterle,(1) Pour une bonne utltlsatlon de Ie mlnuterie, veulllez evi1er les con

dftlons sUNantes :les fortes variations de temperature

• Les zones a forte humldile ou de Ia condensation pourrail se fanner• Les chocs elles VIbrations trop importantes• Les environnement poussiereux ou contenant des gaz corrosifs• Les endroits au iJ y a des risques d'eclaboussures d'eau, d'huiJe au

d'aulresproduitschimlques• les ambianCi:!s explosives ou avec des gaz lonemenl innammables

(2) AlimentationVerifier que la tension d'alimenlaticn correspond acelie du produit.

(3) ManipulationsNe jamais desassembler, modifier ou reparer ce produit.

(4) Assurez vous que Ie produil correspond a votre appficallon.(5) Connectezles bornes avec la bonne polarit6,(6) Placez la minuterie et ses elements de commande adistance de 10ute

source de perturbation et d'a1imentation haute tension,(7) UliJisez la minuterie a une 1emperature ambiante entre _10" et 55" et

une humidile relative entre 35 et 85%,(8) Nattoyage

N'utl1lsez pas des solvants da peinture ou equivalents, Utitisez desptoduits a base d'a1coo!.

(9) Ne changez pas Ie temps, [a gamme de temps ou la lonctlon lorsque lamlnUierie est en fonctionnement. Un dyslonctionnement pourrail survenlr.Soyez sOr d'4tre en position off.

(10)ConneKionsdes ElS:Lars de la coMexion de sorties contact ou transistor sur Ie signal o"entreede la minUierie, failes allention aux points suivants pour eviter-tout court·clrcuit sans transfomateur d'a1imenlalion,

@ Lors de I'entree simultanee de signaux a plusieurs minUleries a partirdu m6me contact ou transistor, les phases des alimenlations doivenlcorrespondre. Si eltes ne sont pas en phase, du courant de court-circuitsera produil.(* 1)

@ Utiliser un transfonnateur(* 2) d'a1imenlation avec isolement mutuel deIe boblne primaire et secondaire et avec la bobine secondaire nen miseala terre comme source d'a1imentatlon de rappareil d'entree.{* 3)

@ Les bornes d'entrees 5 (Enlree porte), 6 (Entree depart), 7 (Remise azero}, u1iJ1senlia borne d'alimenlation 2 comme borne de commun etpar consequent doivenl etre liees a la borne du commun 2. La tensionne peut eire appliquee qu'entre les bornes 10 et 2. N'appHquez pas detension atoute autre borne, et ne connectez pas Ies bomes 5, 6, ou 7 ala borne 10, ou toUle autre bomeque labome 2.le circuit interieur de laminutetie pourrait etre endommage.

@ Ne connectez pas un relais au toute aulre charge inductive en ligneavec les entrees d'aJimentalicn (bomes 2 et10), ou Ie circuit inletieurdela mlnuterie pourrait etre endommage.

(11)ConnexiondefallmentationUtilisez une alimentation V CoCo avec un facteur d'ondulation inlerieur a20% delivrant la 1ension nomlnale marquee sur Ie produil.Assurez-vous d'atimenter la mlnuterie d'un coup en utlllsant des con1acts tels que des relais oudesinlerrupteurs.Dans Ie cas contraire la fonelion remise azero ou Ie temps reglEi pourrailetrealteres,

(12)V~umez ne pas depasser la tension norninale indlquee sur la mlnuterie.SI une tension superieure acelie indiquee est appliquee, Ie circuit in-

(13) ~e~i~:zuv~~~~Zf~~~: ~~~U;;:d:~~~g;,~.~) InterfaCi:!z la puissanceella minuterie avec un relais_ Ainsl, la minuterie ne restera pas durantune longue periode en posiUon temporlsation finie. Le mainlien danscetle posilion durant un mois ou plus pourrait, specialement dans uneambiance avec une haute temperature, delenorer des composants intemestelquelescondensaleurs.

ATIENnON:To prevent electrical shock, disconnect from power source beforeInstalling or servicing.Do not remove limer Irom houslng_ This wm invalidate productwarranty.Remove power before changing timing range, unit, or mode selection.The 700-HR limer utiJizes a translormertess power supply. Do n01touch the input terminals when power Is appfied.When two or more timers are controlled by the same Input contact ortransistor, connect the #2 terminals of the limers together.Recommendations for exlernal'lOput Signal nnes:~ Use shielded wires.- Keep wire as short as possible.- Separate input signal wires Irom power supply lor the timer and

Iromothervoltageorpowerfines,An AC timer controUed by a low voltage transistor circuit should besupplied by an Isolation transrormer with the #2 terminal of the timergrounded.

ATIENTION:, Pourhviterleschocs eleetriques, debran¢her da la source d'alimentalion avantla

~s~a~ur~~~:r':'t~mportsaleur ere son compartiment sous peine d'annu!er laarartlie,

ECll N6:ENCLOSURES

7. SHOP SURFACE PREPARATION AND SHOP PAINTING ARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE ONLYA MINIMAL PROTECTION FROM TIME OF APPLICATION FOR A PERIOD NOT TOEXCEED THIRTY (30) DAYS. WESTECH DOES NOT GUARANTEE CONDITION OF PREPAREDOR PA INTED ITEMS ONCE THE ITEMS LEAVE THE SHOP. CUSTOMER SHOP INSPECT IONOF PAINTED ITEMS IS WELCOME TO VERIFY APPLICATION. ALL FIELD SURFACEPREPARATION, FIELD PAINT, TOUCH-UP AND REPAIR TO SHOP PAINTED SURFACESARE NOT BY WESTECH. RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMPATIBILITY OF SHOP AND FIELDAPPLIED COATINGS IS BY OTHERS.

8. SURFACE PREPARATION AND SHOP PAINTING SPECIFICATIONS:AS PER "COATING SUBMITTAL DATA SHEETS"

9. ALL ANCHOR BOLTS TO BE:SUBMERGED: 316SSNON-SUBMERGED: 316SS

10. ALL ERECTION FASTENERS TO BE:SUBMERGED: 316SSNON-SUBMERGED: 316SS

II. WORK WITH DIOI, DI02, D103, DI04, DI05, C106, AND DRIVE DRAWINGS.

I. A STAR DENOTES VARIANCE FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SHOULD BEPARTICULARLY NOTED. ~

2. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY OR SUPPLY ON APPROVAL ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWNIN CLOUD. 0

3. THE FOLLOWING DEFINES THE RESPONSIBILITY OF WESTECH ENGINEERING INC.WITH REGARD TO THE INFORMATION AND DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.

(A) THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION OR INSTALLATIONPURPOSES UNTIL IT BEARS THE APPROVAL OF THE OWNER, THE ENGINEEROR THEIR DULY AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE.

(B) DIMENSIONS, LOADS, AND OTHER INFORMATION ARE PROVIDED TOACCOMMODATE THE EQUIPMENT TO THE STRUCTURE AS SHOWN.

(C) WESTECH IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR CONCRETE DESIGN, THE CUSTOMER ISTO PROVIDE REINFORCING STEEL AND DETERMINE SIZES TO SUIT LOCALREQUIREMENTS.

(D) WESTECH IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE, INJURY, OR LOSS RESULTINGFROM INCORPORATION OR USE OF THIS EQUIPMENT.

(E) CHARGES FOR MODIFICATIONS, ADDITIONS, OR CORRECTIONS TO THEEQUIPMENT WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED BY WESTECH, UNLESS PRIOR APPROVALIS OBTAINED IN WRITING FROM AN AUTHORIZED WESTECH REPRESENTATIVE.

4. THE MECHANISM SHOWN IS DESIGNED FOR DIRECTION OF ROTATION AS INDICATED,WESTECH DOES NOT ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE IF OPERATED IN THEOPPOSITE DIRECTION.

5. WESTECH DOES NOT FURN ISH CONCRETE, GROUT, CONCRETE RE INFORC ING,PIPING, VALVES, PIPE SUPPORTS OR FITTINGS, WALL BRACKETS,ELECTRICAL WIRING, CONDUIT, OR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, ERECTION,FIELD PAINTING OR PAINT, FIELD WELDING OR WELD ROD, WATER FORTESTING, GREASE, OR LUBRICATING Oil. (EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY NOTED)

6. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL TO CONFORM TO AISC SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE DESIGN,FABRICATION, AND ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL STEEL AND BUILDINGS, 9TH EDITION.STEEL SHAPES TO CONFORM TO ASTM A36. ALL WELDING SHALL CONFORM TO THELATEST STANDARDS OF THE AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY. ALL SUBMERGED STEELMEMBERS TO BE 1/4" MIN IMUM TH ICKNESS UNLESS NOTED OTHERW ISE.

12. WESTECH WILL PROVIDE: (2)SPARE PARTS:

MECHANISM NONE

GENERAL NOTES

100'-0 DIA CAGE DRIVE COP CLARIFIERS

DRIVE UNIT -(I) SET DRIVE BEARINGS AND SEALS(EXCEPT MAIN TURNTABLE BEARING)(I) SET DRIVE GASKETS(I) SET SHEAR PINS

DESCRIPTION

COPC2( I NPUTCHECK. PART) 1.000

100 / -0 DIAMETERTYPE

12/99 KDB RCW RWSIZE

NONE 7/07 AJR RCP 1"U/DATE STD. BY STD.CHKD. STD.APPVD SCALE DATE PROJ. BY PROJ.CHKD. PROJ.APPVDThis drawing is property of WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC. and is transmitted in confidence. Neither receipt norpossess ion confers or transfers any rights to reproduce, use, or disc lose, in whole or in part, data containedherein for any purpose, without the wr itten permission of WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC., Sal t Lake City, Utah

REV.PROJECT NUMBER

20253A6100DRAWING NUMBER

LTRREVISION

&11-----------------,---------,-------.--------+=&=-11 WESTEC H

I BY I CHKD I DATE

EQUIPMENT LISTITEM DESCR IPT ION/REMARKS

42" DRIVE UNIT WI TORQUE CONTROL DEVICE,4SS00 FT-LBS CONT.RUNNING TORQUE.

FEEDWELL SUPPORTS.

4'-0 SQ. DRIVE CAGE.

WEIR PLATE (NOT BY WESTECH)

IS'-O INS.DIA. x S'-O SIDEDEPTH FEEDWELL(3/16" PLATE) WI 8- SCUM PORTS.

8'-9 LONG x 7'-6 WIDE PLATFORM (WI MIN. 2'-6CLEAR AROUND DRIVE) W/ 1/4" ALUM FLOORPLATE.

NOVATO SANITATION DISTRICT WF UPGRADENOVATO, CA

TWO (2) SKIMMER BLADES WI SUPPORTS.

BAFFLE WI SUPPORTS (NOT BY WESTECH).

LIMIT SWITCH (FRAME NOT BY WESTECH)

6'-0 SCUM BOX WI SUPPORTS AND 6" DISCHARGEPIPE CONN. WI FLEXIBLE COUPLING.

TWO (2) SCUM SKIMMER ASSEMBLIES WI NEOPRENE WIPERS(SEE DWG. CI06 FOR GENERAL DETAILS).

10

12

II

13

&:. 1----+-----------------------1

&:. 1----+-----------------------1

(2) 4'-0 W. x 4'-0 H. RAKE ARMS WI (3/16")SPIRAL BLADES, AND ADJUSTABLE 304SS SOUEEGEES.

3'-0 O.D. CENTER INFLUENT COLUMN (3/8" WALL)WI INFLUENT PORTS.

ENGINEER: RMC WATERWALNUT CREEK, CA

PREPARED FOR:

CONTRACTOR: MONTEREY MECHANICAL CO.OAKLAND, CA

TLD

(Cop.HALrJI~Al.ASSEHI 0.020

TANK CUTAWAY VIEW

DATE STD. BY STD. CHKO. STO.APPVO PROJ.APPVQ

TYPE

DESCRIPTION

12/99

COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENTCUSTOMER P.O. NO.: 1/244

COPC2

NOTES:I. SEE DWG. BIOO FOR GENERAL NOTES.2. SEE DWG. DI02 FOR ELEVATION VIEW.3. SEE DWG. DI03 FOR PLAN VIEW.4. SEE DWG. DI04 FOR CONCRETE TANK ARRANGEMENT.S. SEE DWG. DIOS FOR GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DETAILS.

Thi, drat'jog i) properly or W[STECH ENGINEERING, INC. ond. is !ronsmilttd in (oofiduce. Neilher reetipl norposHssion coofen or tronden any rigbls 10 reproduce. UH, or diHloH, in .hah or in port, dolo containednHdn for any purpoH, .lIhov! lIIe .rillen permillion of VlESTECH ENGINEERING, INC" SQI! lake Cily. Utah

REVISION

DRAWING NUMBER

DIOIPROJECT NUNBER

20253AREV.

(TYP 2-PLC'S

I

\A 2'@1j

@@ ~ I:~ \ \ \

n;=;o \ '( : ...

DES IGN WATERLEVEL

DETAIL 2SCALE 0.063

l!f l!f III III I!f I!f 1!J III lIT

\ ,\

I

-1111 '""\

I I I'

SEE DETAIL 2J

DESIGN WATERLEVEL ELEVATION

REV.

TLD

PROJECT NUMBER

20253A &,DI02DRAWING NUMBER

DATE STO.CHKD. STD.APPVO PROJ,APPVQ

Hi, drolfing i\ properly of li'ESTECH ENGINEERIIH3, INC. ond. is Itllolmilhd in (onrid~n(L. Neither receipt n~r

pHHnion {OOfHI or tronSr~q 'lay rig~il to rt~rodu(e, use, or diHloH, in ahole or In pa-rt, ~olo (onloludherein for any pQrpou, .ithout He written pumillion of W[STECH ENGINEERING, INC" Salt lOJ"ke Cdy, Ulah

ENGINEER; RMC WATERWALNUT CREEK, CA

COPC2

COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT ELEVATION VIEWOEseR I prt ON (COP.HALf_f III~l. ASSEMl a,Oll

PREPARED FOR; NOVATO SANITATION DISTRICT WF UPGRADENOVATO, CA

CONTRACTOR; MONTEREY MECHANICAL CO.OAKLAND, CA

CUSTOMER P.O. NO.: 11244

REVISION

NOTES:I. SEE DWG. BIOO FOR GENERAL NOTES.2. SEE DWG. 0101 FOR TANK CUTAWAY VIEW &BALLOON NOTES.3. SEE DWG. DI03 FOR PLAN VIEW.4. SEE DWG. 0104 FOR CONCRETE TANK ARRANGEMENT.5. SEE DWG. 0105 FOR GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DETAILS.6. SEE DWG. CI06 FOR SKIMMER GENERAL DETAILS.

(i> PROVIDE COVER INFORMATION TO LOCATETOP OF PLATFORM ELEVATION.

l-"M~A~KE'---"..':CH~·A~NG!.!OE~S -,-PJo:ER~R=-.oET2U'..'.CRN~SU"",B.'2.M~IT...'.cTA~L~__--+-,,-,q-'------>-I-'-I-,,-O1,=0,-,-7+,,&""-1 WEsTECHDATE LTR

STL FEEDWELL DETAIL ~SCALE 0.050

STEEL FRAME

FRAME JO INT(TYP 4-PLC'Sl

TLD

{COP.fUlL_fINH.ASSENJ 0.015

PLAN VIEW

Tbil drolling j~ pr~pHlr of W[STECH ENGINEERING. INC. end il Ironlmitt~d in confidcnce. Neilhtr rHoipl norponelJion (onfen or Iton$feq any righ\) 10 reprod~(e, use, or diHloH, in IIhole or in port, dolo (ontoinedhHein for ony purpose. "itboul the uitten permiSlion of !ESTECH ENGINEERING, INC, Salt Lake Cily. Utah

DATE STO.CHKD. STD.APPVO PROJ.APPVO

TYPE

NOTES:I. SEE DWG. BIOO FOR GENERAL NOTES.2. SEE DWG. DIOI FOR TANK CUTAWAY VIEW &BALLOON NOTES.3. SEE DWG. DI02 FOR ELEVATION VIEW.4. SEE DWG. DI04 FOR CONCRETE TANK ARRANGEMENT.5. SEE DWG. DI05 FOR GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DETAILS.6. SEE DWG. CI06 FOR SKIMMER GENERAL DETAILS.

DESCRIPTION

ENGINEER; RMC WATERWALNUT CREEK, CA

12/99

PREPARED FOR; NOVATO SANITATION DISTRICT WF UPGRADENOVATO, CA

COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

COPC2

CONTRACTQR; MONTEREY MECHANICAL CO.OAKLAND, CA

CUSTOMER P.O. NO.; 11244

IDIRECTION

OFROTATION0.031 RPM

&0.~ ~_~~-----j-'='l& WEsTECH

REVISION DATE lTR

ORAWING NUMBER

DI03PROJECT NUMBER

20253AREV.

REV.

TLDPROJ.APPVD

PROJECT NUMBER

20253A

W.P. ELEV= 3.00'&

ELEV=3 .198'&

INFLUENT PIPETO TOP OF CONCRETEFLOOR (MAXI

CONCRETE TANK

2" GROUT(NOT BY WESTECHI

DETAIL ISCALE 0.040

DI04DRAWING NUMBER

wV">

"''''wOOm",:r: :r:OUClUf--:Z:: --ll-

"""'''''V"> 0;;:",,,,:r:--.JWV>O,- f

l-Q...WC'lu. f-W

"'WZOWa::(,')Ol--UOZZV)-wOwO'>UUCl

z

°

NOTES:I. SEE DWG. DIOI FOR TANK CUTAWAY VIEW &BALLOON NOTES.2. SEE DWG. DI02 FOR ELEVATION VIEW.3. SEE DWG. DI03 FOR PLAN VIEW.4. SEE DWG. DI05 FOR GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DETAILS.5. INFLUENT, EFFLUENT. SLUDGE. AND SCUM PIPE

LOCATION PER ENGINEERS DRAWINGS.

Tbi1 drolfing i, property of i1EST[CH E~GIN[ERING. INC. and. is tranlmitted iO.(Qofiduce. Neithu receipt norpHHllion confus or transfer! ony (Igh" to reproduce, UH, or diHloH, In .bole or in pori, dolo contoinedherein for tiny purpoH, .i IhQ~t the written permillion of WESTECH ENGINEERING, IIlL, Soil Lake City. Utah


COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT

PREPARED FOR: NOVATO SANITATION DISTRICT WF UPGRADENOVATO, CA


CUSTOMER P.O. NO.: 11244

TANK RISE

14' 0

REVI SION

INSIDE TANK WALL HEIGHT I

I . - 6 3/4 12' - 3 1/4 2FREEBOARD SIDE WATER GROUT

-~DEPTH

-

0~

2" GROUT- (NOT BY WESTECHI

I

0" ll2~"-=N_

Il II

»Ww--'--,Ww

--'--,--'W"">"w

6--'.'" '---f- wf-

"" .--- '../SEE DETAIL I" .' ~

/ \(

~- ';'

-l/- ) 00

r"-

\~/'-.

V">

'"°:r:Uz

""""V"> ><"'0..om

0;;:0'""u-V">

';' ';'

"" -

I . - 000<0

° oz3' ·6 112 ° .""

"" f-~ ,,"""..o >w wu

--,zU wo",Z UW

° . f-U o..Oz

·w

° "f-U

f- 4' - 0

V"> ><"'0..om

0;;:0'""u-V">

V">

'"°:r:uz

""""

TANK CROSS SECTION (TYPl

4' - 6BOLTCIRCLE

- ~ -1- --

TANK PLAN VIEW

~~--+-----

(121 I 1/2"0 x 18" LG 316SSANCHOR BOLTS WI (31 FLAT

WASHERS AND (31 HEX NUTS EACH.LOCATE ONE BOLT ON WALKWAY t.

(PROJECTION = 6"1

~

""""\\II

-----------~~~~~M--~-------------

IIII

#/"

12

6" FLEX.COUPLING

<t OFDISCHARGE

W.L. ELEV

(41 5/8" DIA x 7" LGEPOXY ANCHORS WI NUT & FWPROJECTION = I 1/2"

NOTES'I. SEE DWG. BIOO FOR GENERAL NOTES.2. SEE DWG. DIOI FOR TANK CUTAWAY VIEW &BALLOON NOTES.3. SEE DWG. DI02 FOR ELEVATION VIEW.4. SEE DWG. DI03 FOR PLAN VIEW.5. SEE DWG. DI04 FOR CONCRETE TANK ARRANGEMENT.6. SEE DWG. CI06 FOR SKIMMER GENERAL DETAILS.

8'-7 5/8




SCUM BOX ELEVATIONSCALE 0.080 CUSTOMER P.O. NO.: 11244

COP CLARIFIER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DETAILS

TLD

ICOP.HAlFJINALASSENl a,loa

TYPE

DESCRIPTION

I I /01DATE STD. BY STD.CHKD. STD.APPVD PROJ,APPVD

COPC2

Hi, dr(l.ing iJ pr(lperty of W[STECH ENGINEERING, INC. and i, fraolmilled in (onfiduCL Heilher receipl norPOJHJ$!On ((Iofen (If Iran,rHI (lay rlgh" 10 reprodHe, use, or diHI(lH, iD whole or in pori, dolo ''Jnloinedherein ror ony pHpOH, withQut the uilleo permitlion of WE STECH ENGINEERIHG. INC .. Sal! lake City. Uloh

REVISION

f-"Cc..cHA,-"N,-,!G."-E-,D'-'.I-"CME=-,-N""S-"IO,,-,-NCL, ---,W",-A""S---,3'-...'_--,-7 --j--'-'-"-'''+'-~=12-'----'/I'----'I/---'--O f"&=-" WEsTECHDATE LTR

DRAWING NU"'BER

DI05PROJECT NUr-lBER

20253AREV,

15 1 ALUM SKIMMER BLADE16 1 ALUM WIPER RETAINER BOTTOM17 2 ALUM WIPER RETAINER - SIDE

20 2 CAST ALUM SUPPORT ARM21 2 CAST ALUM PIVOT24 1 S.S. EXTENSION SPRING

,& c 25 1 S.S. PIPE CLAMP28 1 NEOP WIPER - BOTTOM29 1 NEOP WIPER - SIDE30 1 PVC WIPER - BAFFLE SIDE

THIS IS NOT A PARTS LISTUSE FOR I.D. OF MAJOR COMPONENT ITEMS ONLY.

NOTES:1. WORK WITH MECHANISM GENERAL ARRANGEMENT &

GENERAL NOTES DRAWINGS AND SCUM SKIMMERPARTS LIST.

%>2. ASSEMBLE SPRING (ITEM #24) ABOVE SUPPORTARM (ITEM #20).W3. INSTALLER TO DRILL A SLIGHT DIMPLE INTO SKIMMERARM PIPE FOR ALL SET SCREWS.

,& <3> 4. FOR SKIMMER TO OPERATE PROPERLY, BAFFLE MUSTBE INSTALLED WITH NO GAPS.

ARM

4

SECTION " B - B "

5

SKIM BLADE(REF.)

~.4" SKIMMER

~ ~~ (REF.)_J---=~~JL

II4*<+4--tt

II---n-.----:.---r--lr

29

38

RADIUS (REF.)INSIDE BAFFLE

7

20

16

30

SECTION " A - A "

ITEM QT'Y MAT'L DESCRIPTION

1'-9~",& 4 1 S.S. HINGED SKIMMER SUPPORT

15 44 ,& 5 1 S.S. HINGED SKIMMER

,& 7 2 S.S. PIVOT YOKE38 ,& 8 2 S.S. SET COLLAR

~-1---

28


SCUM SKIMMER ASSEMBLY

TLD.125 x 8

PROJECT NUMBER "EV.

20253A &C106DRAWING NUMBER

CONTRACTOR: MONTEREY MECHANICAL CO;OAKLAND, CA

CUSTOMER P.O. NO. 11244


4" SUPPORT / SINGLEMODEL

DESCRIPTION

7-93

417

f-M_A_K.._E_C_H_AN_G_E_S_P..::.ER..____R.._ET_U_R_N_S_UB_M.._IT_T.._A=--L .j--C--.:..-...pq-.j--C--1-=.O/:....:O.._7-+&:::::A"-II ""EsTE C HREVISION DATE LTR

730

W.L.

EFFLU EN T ---.-II

BAFFLE(REF.)

REV.

(COP .HALF .rIHAL.ASSE~l G.020

PROJECT NUMBER

20253ADI I 0DRAWING NUNSER

223

DETAIL 3SCALE 0.100

TYP @ ALL SKIMMER SUPPORTCONNECTIONS TO RAKE ARM

BACKCHARGES FOR FIELD WORK OF ANY KIND ARE NOTACCEPTABLE WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION

BY WE STECH ENGINEERING, INC.

NOTES:I. TANK ORIENTATION PER PLAN VIEW (DWG. DI03l2. WOR K WI DWG. DI I I, DI 12, DI I3.

This drolfi~9 is properly <d flESTECH ENGINEERING, INC. and i, Ir,u,miHed in tonridence. Neilher receipt norPHHssion (GoTtn or IronsJHI ony rigbh 10 reproduce. use. Of diHloH, in wbole or in pori, dolo cHloiHdherein for any purpOH. wil~o~t tbe written permiHioo of I'I[STECH ENGINEERING, INC., 5011 LQke City, Utah

DETAIL 2SCALE 0.100

DATE STD. BY STD.CHKD. STD.APPVD

TYPE

DESCRIPTION

12/99

COP CLARIFIER ERECTION TANK CUTAWAY VIEW

COPC2

DATEREVISION

&,

r---------------,------r------.------+==-I& WEsTECH

SEE DETAIL

SEE DETAIL

101

SEE DETAIL

RAKE ARM &SPIRALBLADE ASSEMBLIES

(SEE DWG. DI131

LIMIT SWITCH FRAMENOT BY WESTECH

DETAIL ISCALE 0.200

158

CONCRETE TANK

This dr~.,in9 is properly ~f W[STECH ENGINEERING, INC. qnd. is Ironlmilhd in (4nrid~ncL hither fHtipl norPOIHssion (ooren or transferl o~y rigbll 10 reproduce, OH, or disciolL in whole or in pori, dolo conlqinedhHein for any purpoH, without the written permillion of W(STECH ENGINEERING, INC .. Salt Lake City, Utah


BY WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC.

REV •

(COf'.fULL.fIN~l.ASSEMl 0.015

PROJECT NU~BER

20253ADI I IDRAWING NUNBER

DATE STD. BY STD.CHKD. STD.APPYD

DESCRIPTION

TYPE

12/99

COP CLARIFIER ERECTION· PLAN VIEW

COPC2

NOTES:A' WOR K WI DWG. DI 10, DI I2. DI I3.

\&> FIELD LOCATE &MATCH DRILL MOUNTING HOLESIN BAFFLE USING SCUM BOX AS TEMPLATE.

3. SEE DWG. DI03 FOR TANK ORIENTATION.

LTRDATEREVISION

333

PROJECT NUNBER REV,

20253A &DI/2DRAWING NUI'lBER

NOTES:I. WOR K WI DWG. DI IO. DI I I. DI I3.

MECHANISM TOP/CENTRALENLARGED PLAN VIEW

SCALE 0.040


BY WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC.MISCELLANEOUS ERECTION DETAILS

212

DETAIL ISCALE 0.200

438

205

512

.&,

1& WEsTECH,----------R-EV-IS-'O-'---------,-,.-----r:---r-OA-"-----I-'=U"'-lR

552

DRIVE TOCOLUMN

212

DRIVE UNIT

156

401

157

551

431

137

I 19

REVISION

NOTES:I. WORK W! DWG. DIIO, Dill, D112.


BY WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC.RAKE ARM ERECTION DETAILS

ISPIRAL.RAKE.CIXQ3.ASSEHIQ.Q31

COPC2TYPE

12/99 AJR BPROJ.CHKD. PROJ.APPVD

&,I;:"&. DRAWING NUMBER PROJECT NUMBER REV.

1& WEsTECH DI I3 20253A ,&DATE LrR

20253A 8D350G830

DRIVE RATING INFORMATION

FULL DIAL TORQUE 72,800 FT-LB 160%SHEAR PIN TORQUE 63,700 FT-LB 140%CUTOUT TORQUE 45,500 FT-LB 100%&CONTINUOUS TORQUE 45,500 FT-LB 100%ALARM TORQUE 38,675 FT-LB 85%

ESTIMATED WEIGHT 2,147 LBS.WORK WITH DRAWING D350G831-20253A& PARTS LIST DOC. NO. 8989

PREPARED FOR: NOVATO SANITATION DISTRICT WF UPGRADENOVATO, CALIFORNIA

ENGINEER: RMC WATERWALNUT CREEK, CALIFORNIA

CONTRACTOR: MONTEREY MECHANICAL CO.OAKLAND, CALIFORNIA

CUSTOMER P.O. NO.: 11244 &CAGE DRIVE ASSEMBLY - ELEVATlON

ITEM # QT'Y MAT'L DESCRIPTION101 1 S.S. TORQUE CONTROL DEVICE103 1 ci/STL SM-CYCLO SPEED REDUCER104 1 ci/STL SM-CYCLO SPEED REDUCER105 1 ci/STL RAKE MOTOR111 1 A36 S1L TORQUE ARM112 1 CI UPPER BEARING HOUSING113 1 . ST'L RETAINING RING114 1 NBR/Sn SHAFT SEAL115 1 NBR/SrL SHAFT SEAL116 2 ALLOY S UPPER BEARING117 1 ST'L RETAINING RING118 1 COP/BRS UPPER. BEARING GREASE LINE119 1 ST'L GREASE FITllNG120 1 ALLOY REDUCER SHAFT ADAPTER121 1 ALLOY S PINION SHAFT123 1 ALLOY PINION GEAR124 1 ALLOY S CYLINDRICAL ROLLER BEARING125 1 sT'L KEY126 1 ST'L PRESSURE RELIEF FITllNG127 1 ST'L RETAINING RING128 1 ST'L RETAINING RING129 1 ST'L KEY131 1 NBR/Sn COUPLING132 1 NBR/SrL COUPLING134 1 BRASS SHEAR PIN145 1 MOTION SENSOR WITH SWITCH403 1 ALLOY S GEAR / BEARING406 1 A36 S1L GEAR HUB408 1 A36 S1L GEAR HOUSING410 1 A36 S1L HOUSING COVER411 1 A36 S1L TORQUE BOX ADAPTER SPACER412 1 A36 S1L TORQUE BOX ADAPTER

& ~413 4 A36 S1L CAGE ADAPTER

0 414 1 A36 S1L WALKWAY CLAMPS'ion:: 415 1 NEOP O-RINGLOn..

n.. 416 1 NEOP DUST SHIELD.::s 417 4 A36 S1L ADJUSTING ROD PLATE418 2 BRS/COP LUBE LINE (MAIN BEARING)419 2 ST'L GREASE FinING420 1 A36 S1L BEARING HOUSING ADAPTER422 1 SS DUST SHIELD CLAMP441 1 SS OIL LEVEL SIGHT GLASS443 1 ST'L OIL & CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING444 1 ST'L OIL FILL CAP445 1 BRONZE OIL & CONDENSATE DRAIN VALVE446 1 STL PINION PORT COVER447 1 NEOP PINION PORT COVER GASKET449 1 STL INSPECTION PORT COVER/OIL FILL450 1 NEOP INSPECTION PORT COVER/OIL FILL GASKET

WALKWAY BEAMMOUNTING SURFACE

413

406

DRIVE MOUNTING SURFACE

LUBE LINE418 (2) PLACES

441

NOTETHIS IS NOT A PARTS LIST.USE FOR MAJOR DRIVE COMPONENTIDENTIFICATION ONLY.

PROXIMITY SENSOR

DETAIL OF OIL LEVEL GAUGE

/-----.--"~ /

OIL LEVEL STlCKER

REMOVED CANOPY DESCRIPTION AND CUTOUT AT 1007. WAS 120% RHS!~--_-__.55"--WAS.~t;':..oMOTOR.. ISNOW.. VFD.. RA-TED-W/O- CANOP)' -----. ... RHS- -.JJ.

!-,P..:.:.O::,.• .:..:.NO:::.•...:.11:.::2..:..44'--W:::.A:::S...:.1.:.::12:..:.:45"-- -+T..:..A::...P+R:..::H..:.:S+-"':-:::--1~ ""EsTEeHRE\lSIOll BY CHKD

120

ISSUED FORCONSTRUCTION BY

UEC_D;'6 2007 .

ECH:._.._ ..-'-...--_._-------'

103 SM-CYCLO SPEED REDUCER

125

MOTOR PIVOTS UNDER LOADUSE AT LEAST 12" FLEXIBLE CONDUIT THIS END

l--_--___;,104 SM-CYCLO SPEED REDUCER

135

106

TORQUE CONTROL ASSEMBLYINCLUDES:2 LIMIT SWITCHESPROXIMITY SWITCH. SHEAR PIN

SHEAR PIN COUPLING 131

\\

~

& 0.75 HP, YFD MOTOR460 VAC 3 PH 60 HZ

&

412

403

MAIN GEAR/BEARING42" PITCH DIA.

47.25" RACEWAY DIA.

(

VISUAL

COUPLING DETAIL

MOVING PARTSWARNING STICKER

LOAD INDICATOR

5" 6"CENlER DISTANCE TYP. TYP.

cid

~

PROJECT NUMBER REV.

20253A &DRAYllNG NUMBER

D350G831

BOTTOM VIEW

PREPARED FOR: NOVATO SANITATION DISTRICT WF UPGRADENOVATO, CALIFORNIA

ENGINEER: RMC WAlERWALNUT CREEK. CALIFORNIA

CONTRACTOR: MONlEREY MECHANICAL CO.OAKLAND, CALIFORNIA

CUSTOMER P.O. NO.: 11244- 1&CAGE DRIVE ASSEMBLY - PLANDESCRlpnON

8050Mooa

WORK WITH DRAWING - D350G830-20253A & PARTS LIST DOC. #8989

(4) 1"-8NC TAPPED HOLES4"

(11) 1" DIA. HOLESEQ; SPACED AS SHOWN

ON A 33" DIA. B.C.

(4) 1" DIA. LEVELING BOLTSEQ. SP. ON A 33" DIA. B.C.

408

DETAIL "A"(TYP. 4 PLACES)

SURFACEDRIVE MOUNTING

~P...::'O~. .:::NO~. ..:.1;,:;12:::44::....W::::A~S..:.'1;,:;2:::::45:"-- +':::::"".j..C!!:I:Zl--.2!.B/~07.:..-.j1.f!.&~ WEsTECHRE\1SlON DAlE LlR

~j1"-__~:I=t===+:==:t=P·~_--.QDB1RI,};'!VE~M~OU~N~TI1!'N!Q..GSURFACE

413

417

417

(4) 1~" DIA. HOLES'---r-.:,.---+-' FOR VERTICAL CAGE ADJUSTMENT

(4) WALKWAY PADSW/ (2) WALKWAY CLAMPS

32"TYP.

406

DIRECTION OF ROTATIONSTICKER

58"

" /

"'~-~----~ SEE DETAIL "A"

9"

19 7/15"

~~ ROTATION

WARNINGSTICKER

1"MIN.-

L

(DIM. "X" FOR IlEMS#111 & #412)

VISUALLOAD

INDICATOR

22"

..... DIRECTION OFWALKWAY

LUBRICATION LEGENDS

101


417

403

434

406

415

408

422

418

431

This drawing is property of Yl£STECH ENGINEERING. INC. and 1$ transmitted in confidence. Neither receipt notpossession confers 01 lrons'er. on)' riQhts to reproduce, UII!I, cw dlldose, In whole or in port. doto contolnedherei'l for ony purpose, without the wrlHen permission of WESTECH ENGINEERING. INC.. Solt Loke City, Utoh

ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM 8050, 42" CAGE DRIVEDESCRIPTION TYPE

438

414

NOTES:

o APPLY SEALANT PER DRAWING NO. DRV105 TO THESE SURFACESTAKING CARE TO APPLY TO THREADS AND SURROUND BOLT HOLES.

2. APPLY 'LPS3' RUST INHIBITOR TO ALL MACHINED, UNPAINTEDSURFACES INCLUDING BUYOUT COMPONENTS PRIOR TO ASSEMBLY,EXCEPT FOR MATING SURFACES TO BE SILICONED. THIS INCLUDESTHREADED HOLES, MATING SURFACES, SHAFTS AND GEAR FACES.

3. REFER TO 'DRIVE ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES' DRAWING'DRV 103' FOR ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS.

410

I

<b---8445

448

443

118

112

420

435

424

412

101

141

135

,---------l

i !--S-~~-~I

i !

i !

i !

i !

i !

I !

i I

i !

i !

i !

i !

i I

I i

I I

i I

! i I

~------------------~

125

105

119

TEXT TO BE CENTERED IN PLATES

ALL GREASE TO BE LITHIUM BASED EP2*ACTUAL FREQ. SHALL BE DETERMINED BASED UPON SITE CONDITIONS

OIL MAY BE ANALYZED FOR EXTENDED CHANGE INTERVALSNOTES: 1 oz. (VOLUME) IS APPROXIMATELY 5 SHOTS FROM A GREASE GUN.

SINCE GUN SIZES VARY, THE OPERATOR SHOULD DETERMINE THENUMBER OF SHOTS OF GREASE PER OUNCE FOR HIS GREASE GUN.

** DRAIN CONDENSATE WEEKLY, CHANGE YEARLY W/ APPROX. 8-1/2 GAL.ISO GRADE 150 EP GEAR OIL.

*** SPRAY OIL 20253A

n~~1

IT]

[8

[8

GIT]

=r--

I.

LUBRICATION LEGEND* SUGGESTED

AMOUNT FREQ.ITEM# DESCRIPTION TO ADD CHECK/ADD

1 CYCLO REDUCER 1 oz. MONTHLY2 UPPER BEARING 1 oz. MONTHLY3 MAIN BEARING 2 oz./ea. WEEKLY4 MAIN GEAR & ** AS REQ'D WEEKLY x

LOWER BEARING «~

5 T.BOX PLUNGER *** AS REQ'D WEEKLY ~IN

(!)

8

m

w

y

00

ob

oc

ad

of

og

oh

ok

am

on

op

or

ov

ow

ox

oy

LUBRICATION TAGS

ALL COMPONENTS MUST BE FABRICATED AND MACHINED ACCORDING TO WESTECH STANDARDSPECIFICATION (DRAWING P24Z-024A). UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THIS DRAWING.

SIZE

142"

SCALE DATE PROJ. BY PROJ.CHKD. PROJ.APPVD

NONE 107/07 1 RHS I GA I GAI

NOTES:

1. MATERIAL : WEATHER PROOF PLASTICTO BE ATTACHED WITHHEAVY DUTY ADHESIVE.

2. BLACK ON WHITE BACKGROUND

ISTD. BY STD.CHKD. STD.APPVDDATE

ITYPE

DESCRIPTION

805020253A

5

4

I.REV.PROJECT NUMBER

20253ADRAWING NUMBER

LUBETAG

& This drawing is property of WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC. and is tronsmilled in confidence. Neither receipt nor~ possession confers or transfers any rights to reproduce, use, or disclose, in whole or in port, doto contained& herein for any purpose, without the wrillen permission of WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC., Salt Lake City, Utah

,4~-------------r----r-.---+&=-tIA WEsTECHI REVISION I BY I CHKD I DATE LTR

m

w

y

d

b

m

y

ab

w

p

aa

STANDARD TORQUE VALUES (FT-LBS)GRADE 'SPEC: TENSILE MATERIAL SCREW OR BOLT DIA. NOTES

MARKING STRi::NGTH 1/4 5/16 ·3/8 . 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 .1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 1/2 1. MULTIPLY THf TORQUE FIGURES tN THE CHART BY

(B A 449 MED. CARBON(0) .90 WHEN CAPSCREWS ARE PLATED, OR

SAE 5 105,000 STEEL 9 18 31 50 75 150 250 378 583 782 1097 1461 1748 (b) .80 WHEN NUTS AND BOLTS ARE PLATED./- QUENCHED &TEMPERED

2. MULTIPLY THE TORQUE FIGURES IN THE CHART BY .-

®MED. CARBON .90 WHEN LUBRICANTS SUCH AS NEVER-SEEZ,

SAE 8 150,000 ALLOY 13 28 46 75 115 225 370 591 893 1410 1964 2633 3150 GRAPHITE, ETC. ARE USEDQUENCHED &

TEMPERED. 3. TORQUE VALUES SHALL BE REDUCED ACCORDING TO

e THE CHART BELOW IF EITHER, OR BOTHSTAINLESS - 316 75 132 20 31 45 100 130 200 270 410 505 730 OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS EXIST:

STEEL IN-LBS IN-LBS (A) THE TENSILE STRENGTH OF THE MATERIAL OF THE r

TAPPED HOLE IS LESS THAN THE TENSILE STRENGTH

© SOCKET HDHIGH CARBON OF THE FASTENER.

160,000 AL,",OY 14 30 50 81 121 240 395 ' 629 964 1523 2120 2843 3402 (8) THE LENGTH OF ENGAGEMENT INTO THE TAPPEDCAPSCREW QUENCHED &TEMPERED HOLE IS LESS THAN THE HEIGHT OF A HEAVY NUT FOR

212,000THAT SOLT SIZE.

© SOCKETHIGH CARBON

TO ALLOY 70 140 20 29 43 100 146 HOUSING COMBINED MULTIPLIER BASED ON

SET SCREW QUENCHED & MATERIAL CONDITIONS la, 2 & 3 EXISTING225,000 TEMPERED IN-LBS IN-LBS

P 304LSS 0.70 a

q A36 STL 0.50 aNOTES:

316LSS 0.701. CONFIRM THE MAIN BEARING BALL PLUG IS SEALED WITH AN O-RING SEAL r a

OR WITH THREAD SEALER.CONDITION 10 (.90)

~ DUCTILE IRON 0.50CONDITION 10 & 2 (.81 ) z a

2. MAKE SURE THE GEAR HOUSING AND THE GEAR BEARINGARE CLEAN. THE BEARING MOUNTING SURFACE MUST BE FREE OF ANY a

NICKS OR DENTS. - PLATED CAPSCREW-

a

STEP (1): ASSEMBLE THE GEAR BEARING IN THE HOUSING. USING A FLAT WASHE~~---_ L PLATED CAPSCREW&(HDND ZP F436 OR A325) / -.. T /' ..... "

aTORQUE WRENCH. TIGHTEN THE FASTENERS IN A CROSSWISE PATTER~ ____ ~ CONDITION 10 (.90)TO THE PROPER TORQUE VALUES (SEE TABLE). ROTATE THE GEAR /p#ppAdJ I ~

a

BEARING RACE THROUGH 360 DEGREES. IF IT DOES NOT ROTATE /// JItn........... " & aFREELY. THEN FIND THE CAUSE AND CORRECT IT.

I\""r Cl"'m I ~ \ /J/JFdJJ "/ ~ ~ V \ Ip.. a

STEP (2): ASSEMBLE THE GEAR HUB ON TO THE GEAR BEARING.& USING A TORQUE WRENCH, TIGHTEN THE FASTENERS IN A

: ~ ~ i ~~ illr n m I /. \a

A CROSSWISE PATTERN TO THE PROPER TORQUE VALUES (SEE TABLE). //

~ ~~ I\ a

ROTATE THE GEAR HUB THROUGH 360 DEGREES. IF IT DOES NOT

\ ~ I A36 STL I \ROTATE FREELY THEN FIND THE CAUSE AND CORRECT IT. a

~ h&3. SEAL ALL GAPS, MATING SURFACES AND THREADED HOLES BETWEEN THE GEAR >2!Kff>( aC HOUSING AND ANY ATTACHMENTS. (HOUSING COVER, GEAR HUB, INSPECTION PORT \

\ /' ICOVERS, ADAPTERS. ETC.) WITH SPECIFIED SEALANT PER THE ASSEMBL Y DI~M ~AND SEALANT SPECIFICATION DWG. NO. DRV105. A " ;,/ \ 1//A=l=V/~#'#'hV /& <V USE THE a-RING ONLY TO SEAL BENEATH THE MAIN BEARING. USE GREASE,

NUT ...... '-~- L:;;L..--/// 4 ~\ /

NOT SfUCONE, TO HOLD THE O-RING IN PLACE DURING INSTALLATION. PLATED

""-:~ b A ,5. CHECK GEAR TOOTH CONTACT PATTERN FOR EVERY NON-STD GEAR HOUSING.CONDITION Ib (.80) _---// 4 ~STANDARD GEAR HOUSINGS WILL BE RANDOMLY CHECKED TO INSURE QUALITY.

A MINIMUM CONTACT OF 80% SHALL BE ACHIEVED. CONDITION Ib & 2 ( .72)6. FOR GREASE LUBRICATED ITEMS DO THE FOLLOWING: CONDITIONS 10, 2 & 3q (.50)

(a) PACK OR COAT GEARS WITH LITHIUM BASED EP2 GREASE.(b) FILL THE LUBE LINE LEADING TO THAT ITEM WITH LITHIUM BASED EP2 GREASE-

EXAMPLE A(e) PLACE A TAG ON THE DRIVE TO INDICATE WHAT TYPE/BRAND OF GREASE WAS USED.

&7. ATTACH LUBRICATION LEGEND AND TAGS WITH THE SPECIFIED& EXAMPLE BC ADHESIVE PER GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING ANDSEALANT/ADHESIVE SPECIFICATION DWG. NO. DRV105.

8. ATTACH ROTATION WARNING. AND DIRECTION OF ROTATION STICKERS AS SHOWN ONGENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING.

9. ATTACH STORAGE PROCEDURE STICKER AS INDICATED ON GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWING.

&. 10. APPLY ANTI-SIEZE OR EQUIVALENT TO JAWS/SPIDER OF MOTOR- TO-REDUCER COUPLING DURING ASSEMBLY.

& 11. SET GAP BETWEEN COUPLING HALVES TO A MINIMUM OF 1/16". CONFIRM THAT MOTOR AND REDUCER SHAFTS ARE DRIVE ASSEMBLY PROCEDURESNOT PUSHING TOGETHER ON THE COUPLING SPIDER AFTER THE MOTOR FASTENERS ARE TIGHTENED. DESCRIPTION& 12. ASSEMBLE ALL COMPONENTS. (INCLUDING TORQUE CONTROL DEVICE.) ACCORDING TO ALL ALL

A THE GENERAL ARRANGMENT DRAWING. REFER TO DWG. NO. 7-8222-Bl FOR PROPER ASSEMBLYTYPE SIZE .5 x 2OF THE TORQUE ARM, RETAINER, AND RETAINING SCREW.

I I I& 13. MACHINED SURFACES MUST BE FREE OF PAINT AND PRIMER. APPLY LPS3 TO MACHINED SURFACES PE~ ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM. 9-03 OK NK JJ NONE

~ 14. ATTACH THE MAX/MIN OIL LEVEL STICKER TO SITE GLASS AS SHOWN ON THE GENERAL ARRANGMENT DRAWING. .& DATE I STD. BY STD.CHKD. STD.APPVD SCALE DATE PROJ. BY PROJ.CHKD. PROJ,APPVD

ALL COMPONENTS MUST BE FABRICATED AND MACHINED ACCORDING TO W1ESTECH STANDARDSPECIFICATION (DRAWING P24Z-024A). UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THIS DRAWING,

DUCTILE IRON ADDED TO TABLE, NEW TEXT ADDED TO NOTE #11. OK NK 9-05 M This drawing is properly of WESTECH ENGINEERING. INC. and is lransmitted in confidence. Neilher receipt narpossession confers or transfers any rights to reprOduce, use, or disclose. in whole or in part. data contained

FW REMOVED FROM TOP OF BEARING. HDND FW NOTE ADDED. ORvt05 WAS HIGH GRADE INDUSTRIAL, OK JJ 4-05 .& herein lor any purpose, withoul lhe written permission of WESTECH ENGINEERING, INC•• Soil Lake City, UlahNOTE 14 CHANGED TO -AS SHOVIN ON GA"

NOTES 13 AND 14 ADDED. #4 NOTE DIAMOND ADDED OK JJ 4-04 .£ DRAWING NUMBER PROJECT NUMBER REV.

NOTES 2, 3 & 7 CHANGED. NOTES 10, 11, & 12 ADDED OK JJ 3-04 1& ""EsTECH DRV103 £REVISION BY CHKD DATE LTR

EST. SHIMS REQ'D (CAGE DRIVES) EST. SHIMS REQ'D (ALL SHAFT DRIVES)

NOTES:1. SHIM MATERIAL TO BE STAINLESS STEEL2. SHIMS ARE NOT FURNISHED BY WESTECH

HOLD DOWN BOLTS

JACK SCREWS

SHIMS

SHIM NO.jTHICKNESS (IN) ::>-< .010 1.015 1.030 1.060 I

5 8 I 8 I 4 I 4 I

SHIMMING PROCEDURE

SHIM NO. 5 (SUGGESTED)

ALL SHAFT DRIVES

WALKWAY FRAME

EXAMPLE OF UNEVEN --~GAP NEEDING TO BESUPPORTED BY SHIMS.(MENTIONED IN STEP 2)

1. USE JACK SCREWS TO LEVEL THE DRIVE. REFER TOTHE "FINAL CHECK FOR LEVEL" PROCEDURE IN THEOPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL. AFTER THE DRIVEIS LEVELED, UNEVEN GAPS WILL BE PRESENT BETWEENTHE DRIVE HOUSING AND THE COLUMN FLANGE ORWALKWAY FRAME.

2. SHIM UNDER EACH HOLD DOWN BOLT TO THE NEAREST0.005". TRIM SHIMS AS NECESSARY TO FILL THE UNEVENGAP BETWEEN MOUNTING SURFACE AND THE HOUSING.

3. LOOSEN JACK SCREWS. TIGHTEN HOLD DOWN BOLTS.

HOLD DOWN BOLTS

SHIMS

JACK SCREWS

COLUMN FLANGE

EXAMPLE OF UNEVEN YGAP NEEDING TO BESUPPORTED BY SHIMS.(MENTIONED IN STEP 2)

SHIM NO.THICKNESS (IN) ::::=:>-< .010 .015 .030 .06031 CAGE DRIVE 1 8 8 4 442 CAGE DRIVE 2 11 11 6 660" CAGE DRIVE 3 11 11 6 680 CAGE DRIVE 4 18 18 9 9


60" CAGE DRIVE


80" CAGE DRIVE

~~.-~--+I

L8~----JSHIM NO. 2 (SUGGESTED)

42" CAGE DRIVE

~l"~I. ,. .1 f .[

SHIM NO. 1 (SUGGESTED)31" CAGE DRIVE

REV.

JAJ

PROJECT NUMBERDRA'MNG NUMBER

900-611 D

DRIVE SHIMMING PROCEDURE

1-'V1.;::E.;::WS~E::;;N.::;.LA.c;.RG=E""D •.c;.A.=.D=DE:.:..D.=.B.;:.:OL:.;.;T.--=S~HI=M.c;.T--=AB=LE=S--=C~H.c;.AN;..;.GE=D +-,e:.....,f'-'--..::...r--=2=-.;:.:05-f!&.=t W IEsTIEc:HREVlSlON DAlE LTR

NAME PLATES: 1 - RAKE DRIVE2 - SCUM TROUGH3 - SCUM PIT4 - EQUIPMENT ALARMS

16" ---IIDo-I

LEGENDS: 5 - RUN6 - OPEN/ CLOSE/ AUTO7 - CUTOUT8 - START9 - HIGH TORQUE

10 - STOP11 - OPEN/ CLOSE/ REMOTE

12 - SHEAR PIN FAIL13 - RESET

'---14.50':"-'--".44"

oL[) o

NaD

r--CRl

I--CR2

I--CR3

I---

CR4'"="~'TD1·~. .155110 1,-

I

T81

GND

DOOR LAYOUTNEMA 4X ENCLOSURE

(316 STAINLESS STEEL)

BACK PANELLAYOUT

1 - DASHED LINES REPRESENT WIRING AND EQUIPMENT NOT BY WESTECH.2 - ROTATING DRIVE PARTS AND CAGE MAY DESTROY ELECTRICAL CONDUIT IF

INSTALLED TO CLOSE TO THE DRIVE UNIT.

3 - OVER TORQUE CUTOUT REQUIRES MANUAL RESTART. OR RESET OF A l.ATCHED CUTOUTCIRCUIT THAT PREVENTS AUTO RESTART OF THE MOTOR. FAILURE TO DO SOWILL VOID THE DRIVE WARRANTY.

4 - THIS DRAWING WORKS WITH PARTS LIST DOCUMENT NUMBER 8967.CUSTOMER P.O. NO.: 11244

ENGINEER:

CONTRACTOR:

20253A it.E10D

DATE STD, BY STO.CHKO. STD.APPVD SCALE: DATE PROJ. BY PROJ.CHKD. PROJ.APPVO

~~ This drOwill9 is property 01 WESTECH ENGINEERING. INC. cnd is transmilted in conlidence. Neither receipt tlor....- possession contetS or vons-fers ony righls to reproduce. use, Of disclose, in whole Of in port, doto contained

\ ,:"'" r.~n_he;.;O;,;,"..;''''...0...";.'o;,;,u',;.OO;,;,'O;;,.'_.it;"hO_UI"l".;,hO_._tit;,;"on..;.-::er~m;~ss~;on~o~' ~l\t:~ST...ECH....;.EN""C1..;NE.,.ER_'NG;,;,'~'N~C..~S~OI~'L~Ok~O~Cit';"'.;,U"'lIOh~~\'t>...\\~ Lro DRA'MNG NUMBER PRO.£CT NUMBER REV.

::;: N t') ..,. If) CD r-- !Xl Ol 0 u:i N t') ..,. If) CD r-- !Xl Ol 0..,. ..,. ..,. ..,. ..,. ..,. ..,. ..,. If) If) If) If) If) If) If) If) If) CD::? ::? 0 ::? ::? ::? ::? ::? ::? ::? 0 ::? ::? ::? ::? ::? ::? ::? ::? ::?~~

PANEL LAYOUTDESCRIPnON

CLARIFIER I C-2-1-1UOOEL SIZE IX!

I I r NONE 17-071 NRT I JWB I PES

o..,.o~

!Xlt')o

CDt')o

If)t')o

..,.t')o

Nt')o

;;jo

ot')o

OlNo

!XlNo

,...No

CDNo

If)No

..,.No

NOVATO SANITATION DISTRICT WF UPGRADENOVATO. CA

RMC WATERWALNUT CREEK. CA

MONTEREY MECHANICAL CO.OAKLAND. CA

t')No

NNo~

No~

oNo

Ol

5

PREPARED FOR:

!Xl

5CD

5If)

5N

5o5

Oloo~

!Xloo~

,...oo

CDooIf)oo

..,.oo

c:loNoo

5o

NOTES:

o

NoN

Ol

to

N

Ol

IX)

,...

NXNXNX

§

t'")

I0::u

NI

N0:::U

I

"'"0:::U

It'")0:::U

:e ...j f··· ~NI:;o

t~}-H-~

Ol

IX) ··········1I- '

u~ .1.c:~ T

t

,:

I:

.::~-"t':

I!

!

I.-::.:'....(

I!

to

:

,iiii...J

!!

N

t'")0:::U

!N :I .J,..

~T

IN0:::U

«N0:::U

t'")f------,

«

,....---------jN

I0::u

Cl.::;:«l/)

........... ~f---------....,----r------r---""'---""'---""'---T---------/~f--------i~

........... t: 1-__~ ..... ~ ..... --+ -+- 4- 4- .......__-'

CO"'"

Io

iiiVl

_.._-- ..--- ..r-....--....__ ..~I :..f-0:3 ",'r-

!.. \., ,, ~ ,t ::E J, ," ..(

!+-----i N

N

Cl.oIVl

NI

0::u

I-

~1Vl

:;o

CD,/ : ~\

( , \, , ,, , ,, , ,, , ,r--., ,........ ,. .......i~i !~! !~i~T~ LT~ LT~

! I !I ! !+ + +'-.. 1.... 1."..

>-! >-! >-!I ' 1 \ 1 1

"'., "., "'.,t t t

I I I! ! I

I I I:i :~: :~: :~:

!i

l

I !! 1:

1

'

I, ! ',1,

I::' .'.

i: :! !I l--- .. ./t"l..----_ 1

! I I -::I : I -.1I ...... ,ot.. -I'r'" I"..J I~....-,

i III ~~ ..:;~::...:;~::...:;~::..V \i i! \!

~..~ .._.._--\-......_~,'1 1 I

[ 1 I

5:::

No:::

t')o:::

...o:::

l/)o:::

too:::

,...o:::

<0o:::

Olo:::

o N to oN:::

NN:::

t'")N "'"N

:::l/)N:::

toN:::

,...N

:::IX)N

:::OlN:::

ot'")

::: :::Nt'")

:::t'")t'")

::: "'"t'")

:::l/)t'")

:::tot'")

:::<0t')

:::o...:::

N...::: "'""'"::: :::

to...:::

IX)...:::

Ol...:::

ol/)

:::Nl/)

:::l/)l/)

:::tol/)

<0Lfl

Oll/)

:::oto:::

NOTES:

1 - DASHED LINES REPRESENT WIRING AND EQUIPMENT NOT BY WESTECH.2 - ROTATING DRIVE PARTS AND CAGE MAY DESTROY ELECTRICAL CONDUIT IF

INSTALLED TO CLOSE TO THE DRIVE UNIT.

3 - OVER TORQUE CUTOUT REQUIRES MANUAL RESTART, OR RESET OF A LATCHED CUTOUTCIRCUIT THAT PREVENTS AUTO RESTART OF THE MOTOR. FAILURE TO DO SOWILL VOID THE DRIVE WARRANTY.

4 - THIS DRAWING WORKS WITH PARTS LIST DOCUMENT NUMBER 8967.




CUSTOMER P.O. NO.: 11244 REVISED PER CUSTOMERS COMMENTS.REVISION

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC

10-2-07 &,. WEsTECH0"1'£ LTR

DRA.WlNG NUt.4BER

E11D

PES

PRO£CT NUUBER REV.

20253A &,

Documents

OPERATION MAINTENANCE MANUAL - Novato … & MAINTENANCE MANUAL EQUIPMENT: TWO (2) 100' DIAMETER COP CLARIFIER MECHANISMS ... Bateman Flotation Cells Carbon Retention Screens In-tankNKM